2012-12-15 Yao Qi <yao@codesourcery.com>
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
98 void *),
99 void *);
100
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
104
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 enum bptype, char *,
110 char **);
111
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
117 int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
120
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
123
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
125
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
127
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
129
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
131
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
133
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
135 enum bptype,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
139
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
141 static. */
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
144 enum bptype,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
146
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
149 enum bptype type,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
151
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
153
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
156 enum bptype bptype);
157
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
161
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
163 CORE_ADDR addr1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
165 CORE_ADDR addr2);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
227
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
230
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
234
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
236 CORE_ADDR pc);
237
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
241
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
247
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
249
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
251
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
253
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
255
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
263
264 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
265
266 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
267
268 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
269
270 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
271 otherwise. */
272
273 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
276 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
277 char *cond_string,
278 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
279
280 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
281 from. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
283
284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
285 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
286 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
291
292 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
294
295 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
296 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
297
298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
299 breakpoints. */
300 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
307
308 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
309 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
310 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
311 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
312 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
313 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
314
315 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
316 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
317 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
318 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
319 dprintf_style_gdb,
320 dprintf_style_call,
321 dprintf_style_agent,
322 NULL
323 };
324 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
325
326 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
327 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
328 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
329 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
330
331 static char *dprintf_function = "";
332
333 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
335 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
336 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
337 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
338 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
339 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
340
341 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
342
343 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
344 has disconnected. */
345 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
346
347 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
348 breakpoints share a single command list. */
349 struct counted_command_line
350 {
351 /* The reference count. */
352 int refc;
353
354 /* The command list. */
355 struct command_line *commands;
356 };
357
358 struct command_line *
359 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
360 {
361 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 }
363
364 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
365 current breakpoint. */
366
367 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368
369 const char *
370 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
371 {
372 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
373 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
374 a breakpoint. */
375 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
376
377 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 }
379
380 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
381 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
382 if such is available. */
383 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384
385 static void
386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
387 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 const char *value)
389 {
390 fprintf_filtered (file,
391 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
392 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 value);
394 }
395
396 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
398 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
400 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
401 static void
402 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
403 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 const char *value)
405 {
406 fprintf_filtered (file,
407 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
408 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 value);
410 }
411
412 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
413 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
414 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
415 use hardware breakpoints. */
416 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
417 static void
418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
419 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 const char *value)
421 {
422 fprintf_filtered (file,
423 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 value);
425 }
426
427 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
428 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
429 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
430 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
431 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
432
433 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434
435 static void
436 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
437 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
438 {
439 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
440 fprintf_filtered (file,
441 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
442 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
443 value,
444 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
445 else
446 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
447 value);
448 }
449
450 int
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
452 {
453 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
454 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 }
456
457 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
458
459 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
460 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
461 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
463 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
464 condition_evaluation_auto,
465 condition_evaluation_host,
466 condition_evaluation_target,
467 NULL
468 };
469
470 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
472
473 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
474 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
475 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
476
477 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
478 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
479 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 evaluation mode. */
481
482 static const char *
483 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
484 {
485 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
486 {
487 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
488 return condition_evaluation_target;
489 else
490 return condition_evaluation_host;
491 }
492 else
493 return mode;
494 }
495
496 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497
498 static const char *
499 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
500 {
501 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 }
503
504 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 otherwise. */
506
507 static int
508 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
509 {
510 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
511
512 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 }
514
515 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
516
517 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
518 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
519
520 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
521 static int overlay_events_enabled;
522
523 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
524 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
525
526 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
528 current breakpoint. */
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
533 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
534 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 B = TMP)
536
537 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
538 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
539 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
540
541 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
542 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
543 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 BP_TMP++)
545
546 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
547 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
548 to where the loop should start from.
549 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
550 appropriate location to start with. */
551
552 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
553 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
555 BP_LOCP_START \
556 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
557 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
559
560 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
561
562 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
564 if (is_tracepoint (B))
565
566 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
567
568 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
569
570 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
571
572 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
573
574 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
575
576 static unsigned bp_location_count;
577
578 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
579 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
580 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
581 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
582 an address you need to read. */
583
584 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
585
586 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
587 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
588 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
589 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
590 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
591
592 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
593
594 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
595 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
596 by a target. */
597 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
598
599 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
600
601 static int breakpoint_count;
602
603 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
604 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
605 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
606 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
607 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
608
609 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
610
611 static int tracepoint_count;
612
613 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
614 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
615 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
616
617 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
618 static int
619 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
620 {
621 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 }
623
624 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625
626 static void
627 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
628 {
629 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
630 breakpoint_count = num;
631 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 }
633
634 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
635 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
636 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637
638 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 breakpoint made. */
640
641 void
642 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
643 {
644 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 }
646
647 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 breakpoint made. */
649
650 void
651 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
652 {
653 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 }
655
656 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657
658 void
659 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b;
662
663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
664 b->hit_count = 0;
665 }
666
667 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
668 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
669
670 static struct counted_command_line *
671 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
672 {
673 struct counted_command_line *result
674 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675
676 result->refc = 1;
677 result->commands = commands;
678 return result;
679 }
680
681 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682
683 static void
684 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
685 {
686 if (cmd)
687 ++cmd->refc;
688 }
689
690 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
691 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
692 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693
694 static void
695 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 {
697 if (*cmdp)
698 {
699 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
700 {
701 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
702 xfree (*cmdp);
703 }
704 *cmdp = NULL;
705 }
706 }
707
708 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709
710 static void
711 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
712 {
713 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 }
715
716 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 argument. */
718
719 static struct cleanup *
720 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
721 {
722 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 }
724
725 \f
726 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
727 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728
729 struct breakpoint *
730 get_breakpoint (int num)
731 {
732 struct breakpoint *b;
733
734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
735 if (b->number == num)
736 return b;
737
738 return NULL;
739 }
740
741 \f
742
743 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
744 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745
746 static void
747 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
748 {
749 struct bp_location *loc;
750
751 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
752 evaluating conditions and if the user has
753 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
754 side. */
755 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
756 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 return;
758
759 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 return;
761
762 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
763 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 }
765
766 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
767 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768
769 static void
770 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
771 {
772 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
773 evaluating conditions and if the user has
774 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
775 side. */
776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778
779 return;
780
781 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 return;
783
784 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 }
786
787 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
788 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789
790 static void
791 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
792 struct cmd_list_element *c)
793 {
794 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
795
796 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
797 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
798 {
799 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
800 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
801 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 return;
803 }
804
805 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
806 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
807
808 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
809 settings was "auto". */
810 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
811
812 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
813 if (new_mode != old_mode)
814 {
815 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
816 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
817 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
818
819 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
820 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 */
822
823 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
824 {
825 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
826 target. */
827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
828 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 }
830 else
831 {
832 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
833 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
834 target knows about. */
835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
836 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
837 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 }
839
840 /* Do the update. */
841 update_global_location_list (1);
842 }
843
844 return;
845 }
846
847 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
848 what "auto" is translating to. */
849
850 static void
851 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
852 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
853 {
854 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
855 fprintf_filtered (file,
856 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
857 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
858 value,
859 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
860 else
861 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 value);
863 }
864
865 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
866 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
867 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868
869 static int
870 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
871 {
872 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
873 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
874
875 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return 0;
877 else
878 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 }
880
881 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
882 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
883 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 return NULL. */
885
886 static struct bp_location **
887 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
888 {
889 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
890 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
891 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
892
893 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
894 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
895 dummy_loc.address = address;
896
897 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
898 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
899 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
900 bp_location_compare_addrs);
901
902 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
903 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 return NULL;
905
906 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
907 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
908 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
909 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
910 locp_found--;
911
912 return locp_found;
913 }
914
915 void
916 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 int from_tty)
918 {
919 xfree (b->cond_string);
920 b->cond_string = NULL;
921
922 if (is_watchpoint (b))
923 {
924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
925
926 xfree (w->cond_exp);
927 w->cond_exp = NULL;
928 }
929 else
930 {
931 struct bp_location *loc;
932
933 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
934 {
935 xfree (loc->cond);
936 loc->cond = NULL;
937
938 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
939 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
940 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
941 }
942 }
943
944 if (*exp == 0)
945 {
946 if (from_tty)
947 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 }
949 else
950 {
951 char *arg = exp;
952
953 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
954 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
955 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
956 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
957
958 if (is_watchpoint (b))
959 {
960 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
961
962 innermost_block = NULL;
963 arg = exp;
964 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
965 if (*arg)
966 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
967 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 }
969 else
970 {
971 struct bp_location *loc;
972
973 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 {
975 arg = exp;
976 loc->cond =
977 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
978 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
979 if (*arg)
980 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 }
982 }
983 }
984 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
985
986 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 }
989
990 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
991
992 static VEC (char_ptr) *
993 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
994 {
995 char *space;
996
997 text = skip_spaces (text);
998 space = skip_to_space (text);
999 if (*space == '\0')
1000 {
1001 int len;
1002 struct breakpoint *b;
1003 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004
1005 if (text[0] == '$')
1006 {
1007 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1008 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1009 return NULL;
1010 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 }
1012
1013 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1014 len = strlen (text);
1015
1016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1017 {
1018 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1019 struct bp_location *loc;
1020 int count = 1;
1021
1022 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1023 {
1024 char location[50];
1025
1026 if (single)
1027 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1028 else
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1030 count);
1031
1032 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1033 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1034
1035 ++count;
1036 }
1037 }
1038
1039 return result;
1040 }
1041
1042 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1043 text = skip_spaces (space);
1044 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1045 }
1046
1047 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1048
1049 static void
1050 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1051 {
1052 struct breakpoint *b;
1053 char *p;
1054 int bnum;
1055
1056 if (arg == 0)
1057 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1058
1059 p = arg;
1060 bnum = get_number (&p);
1061 if (bnum == 0)
1062 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1063
1064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1065 if (b->number == bnum)
1066 {
1067 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1068 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1069 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1070 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1071 if (b->py_bp_object
1072 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1073 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1074 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1075 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1076
1077 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1078 update_global_location_list (1);
1079
1080 return;
1081 }
1082
1083 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1084 }
1085
1086 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1087 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1088 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1089
1090 static void
1091 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1092 {
1093 struct command_line *c;
1094
1095 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1096 {
1097 int i;
1098
1099 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1100 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1101 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1102
1103 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1104 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1105
1106 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1107 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1108 command directly. */
1109 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1110 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1111
1112 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1113 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 }
1115 }
1116
1117 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1118
1119 static int
1120 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1121 {
1122 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1123 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1124 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1125 }
1126
1127 int
1128 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1129 {
1130 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1131 }
1132
1133 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1134 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1135 found. */
1136
1137 static void
1138 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1139 struct command_line *commands)
1140 {
1141 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1142 {
1143 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1144 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1145 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1146 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1147 struct command_line *c;
1148 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1149 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1150 {
1151 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1152 {
1153 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1156 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159
1160 if (while_stepping)
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "can be used only once"));
1163 else
1164 while_stepping = c;
1165 }
1166 }
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 {
1169 struct command_line *c2;
1170
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1172 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1173 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 {
1175 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1177 }
1178 }
1179 }
1180 else
1181 {
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1188
1189 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 {
1192 struct breakpoint *b;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1194 struct bp_location *loc;
1195
1196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1197 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 {
1199 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1200 if (loc->address == addr)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1202 }
1203
1204 return found;
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1209
1210 void
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1212 struct command_line *commands)
1213 {
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1217 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1218 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 commands. */
1225
1226 void
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1228 {
1229 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230
1231 b->silent = silent;
1232 if (old_silent != silent)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238
1239 void
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1241 {
1242 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243
1244 b->thread = thread;
1245 if (old_thread != thread)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 }
1248
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251
1252 void
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1254 {
1255 int old_task = b->task;
1256
1257 b->task = task;
1258 if (old_task != task)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1260 }
1261
1262 void
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1264 {
1265 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1266
1267 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1268 }
1269
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272
1273 struct commands_info
1274 {
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 int from_tty;
1277
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 char *arg;
1280
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line *control;
1284
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 yet been read. */
1287 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 };
1289
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1292
1293 static void
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1295 {
1296 struct commands_info *info = data;
1297
1298 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1299 {
1300 struct command_line *l;
1301
1302 if (info->control != NULL)
1303 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 else
1305 {
1306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 char *str;
1308
1309 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1311 info->arg);
1312
1313 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1314
1315 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 info->from_tty, 1,
1317 (is_tracepoint (b)
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 b);
1320
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 }
1323
1324 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 }
1326
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 do anything. */
1329 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1330 {
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1334 b->commands = info->cmd;
1335 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1337 }
1338 }
1339
1340 static void
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1342 struct command_line *control)
1343 {
1344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1345 struct commands_info info;
1346
1347 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1348 info.control = control;
1349 info.cmd = NULL;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1353
1354 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1355 {
1356 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1358 breakpoint_count);
1359 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1360 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1361 else
1362 {
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1366 arg = NULL;
1367 }
1368 }
1369 else
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 our argument. */
1372 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1373
1374 if (arg != NULL)
1375 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376
1377 info.arg = arg;
1378
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1380
1381 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 }
1386
1387 static void
1388 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1389 {
1390 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1400 {
1401 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1402 return simple_control;
1403 }
1404
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406
1407 static int
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1409 {
1410 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (!bl->inserted)
1413 return 0;
1414 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1416 return 0;
1417 return 1;
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 and:
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437
1438 void
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1440 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1442 {
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 search. */
1445 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1446
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1450
1451 bc_l = 0;
1452 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1453 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1454 {
1455 struct bp_location *bl;
1456
1457 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1458 bl = bp_location[bc];
1459
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468
1469 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 >= bl->address)
1471 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1472 <= memaddr))
1473 bc_l = bc;
1474 else
1475 bc_r = bc;
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 B:
1484
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 and L2. */
1491 while (bc_l > 0
1492 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1493 bc_l--;
1494
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496
1497 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1498 {
1499 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 int bp_size = 0;
1502 int bptoffset = 0;
1503
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 bl->owner->number);
1508
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 content. */
1511
1512 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1515 break;
1516
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1518 continue;
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1520 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1521 continue;
1522
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 we need to copy. */
1525 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1526 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1527
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 are reading. */
1531 continue;
1532
1533 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 reading. */
1536 continue;
1537
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1540 {
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 bp_addr = memaddr;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1548 {
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1551 }
1552
1553 if (readbuf != NULL)
1554 {
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1558 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1559 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1560
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 shadow. */
1563 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1564 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 }
1566 else
1567 {
1568 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1569 const unsigned char *bp;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1571 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1572
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1575 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1576
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 address. */
1579 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1580
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1584 }
1585 }
1586 }
1587 \f
1588
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 breakpoint. */
1591
1592 int
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1594 {
1595 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1598 }
1599
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601
1602 static int
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1604 {
1605 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1608 }
1609
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 software. */
1612
1613 int
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1615 {
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1617 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1618 }
1619
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628
1629 static int
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1631 {
1632 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1636 }
1637
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640
1641 static void
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1643 {
1644 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1645
1646 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1647 {
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1652 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1653 }
1654 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1655 }
1656
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 in b->loc->cond.
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 it.
1667
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 not changed.
1686
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1689
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1692
1693 [linux]
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708
1709 static void
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1711 {
1712 int within_current_scope;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1714 int frame_saved;
1715
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1720 return;
1721
1722 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1723 return;
1724
1725 frame_saved = 0;
1726
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1729 within_current_scope = 1;
1730 else
1731 {
1732 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1735
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1740 return;
1741
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 selected frame. */
1747 frame_saved = 1;
1748 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1749
1750 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1751 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1752 if (within_current_scope)
1753 select_frame (fi);
1754 }
1755
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 b->base.loc = NULL;
1760
1761 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1762 {
1763 char *s;
1764
1765 if (b->exp)
1766 {
1767 xfree (b->exp);
1768 b->exp = NULL;
1769 }
1770 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1771 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b->val);
1777 b->val = NULL;
1778 b->val_valid = 0;
1779
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1784 {
1785 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1786 {
1787 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1789 }
1790
1791 s = b->base.cond_string;
1792 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 }
1794 }
1795
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution)
1802 {
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 }
1807 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1808 {
1809 int pc = 0;
1810 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1811 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1812
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1814
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 watchpoints. */
1821 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1822 {
1823 b->val = v;
1824 b->val_valid = 1;
1825 }
1826
1827 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1828
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1831 {
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1838 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1839 {
1840 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1841
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 if (v == result
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1848 {
1849 CORE_ADDR addr;
1850 int type;
1851 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1852
1853 addr = value_address (v);
1854 type = hw_write;
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_read;
1857 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1858 type = hw_access;
1859
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1862 ;
1863 *tmp = loc;
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1865
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = addr;
1868 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1869 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1870 }
1871 }
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1877 is started. */
1878 if (reparse)
1879 {
1880 int reg_cnt;
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1882 struct bp_location *bl;
1883
1884 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885
1886 if (reg_cnt)
1887 {
1888 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1889 enum bptype type;
1890
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1894
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type = b->base.type;
1904 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1905 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1906
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 manually. */
1912
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1915
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1918
1919 target_resources_ok
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1921 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1922 {
1923 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1924
1925 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 }
1935 else
1936 {
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 nop. */
1941 b->base.type = type;
1942 }
1943 }
1944 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 else
1948 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1949
1950 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1952 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1953 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1954 }
1955
1956 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1957 {
1958 next = value_next (v);
1959 if (v != b->val)
1960 value_free (v);
1961 }
1962
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1968 {
1969 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1970 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1971 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1972 base->loc->address = -1;
1973 base->loc->length = -1;
1974 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1975 }
1976 }
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1978 {
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 b->base.number);
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1984 }
1985
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 if (frame_saved)
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1989 }
1990
1991
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 static int
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1999 {
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2001 return 0;
2002
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2004 return 0;
2005
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2007 return 0;
2008
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2010 return 0;
2011
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2021 return 0;
2022
2023 return 1;
2024 }
2025
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028
2029 static int
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2031 {
2032 int result;
2033 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2034
2035 bl->duplicate = 0;
2036 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2037 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2038 return result;
2039 }
2040
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2045
2046 static struct agent_expr *
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2048 {
2049 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2050 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2051 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2052
2053 if (!cond)
2054 return NULL;
2055
2056 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2057 that may show up. */
2058 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2059 {
2060 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2061 }
2062
2063 if (ex.reason < 0)
2064 {
2065 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2066 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2067 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 return NULL;
2069 }
2070
2071 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 return aexpr;
2073 }
2074
2075 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2076 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2077 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2078 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2079 one of them is true. */
2080
2081 static void
2082 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2083 {
2084 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2085 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2086 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2087 struct bp_location *loc;
2088
2089 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2090 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2091 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 side. */
2093 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2094 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2095 return;
2096
2097 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2098 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2099 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2100 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2101 response back to GDB. */
2102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2103 {
2104 loc = (*loc2p);
2105 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2106 {
2107 if (modified)
2108 {
2109 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2110
2111 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2112 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2113 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2114 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2115 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2116 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2117
2118 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2119 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2120 to the target. */
2121 if (aexpr)
2122 continue;
2123 }
2124
2125 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2126 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2127 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2128 {
2129 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2130 break;
2131 }
2132 }
2133 }
2134
2135 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2136 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2137 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138
2139 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2140 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2141 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2142 {
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2144 {
2145 loc = (*loc2p);
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2147 {
2148 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 located. */
2150 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2151 return;
2152
2153 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2154 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2155 }
2156 }
2157 }
2158
2159 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2160 for this location's address. */
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 {
2163 loc = (*loc2p);
2164 if (loc->cond
2165 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2166 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2167 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2168 && loc->enabled)
2169 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2170 conditions to the target. */
2171 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2172 loc->cond_bytecode);
2173 }
2174
2175 return;
2176 }
2177
2178 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2179 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2180 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181
2182 static struct agent_expr *
2183 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2184 {
2185 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2186 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2187 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2188 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2189 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2190 char *cmdrest;
2191 char *format_start, *format_end;
2192 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2193 int nargs;
2194 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2195
2196 if (!cmd)
2197 return NULL;
2198
2199 cmdrest = cmd;
2200
2201 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2202 ++cmdrest;
2203 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2204
2205 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2206 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207
2208 format_start = cmdrest;
2209
2210 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2211
2212 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2213
2214 format_end = cmdrest;
2215
2216 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2217 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218
2219 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2220
2221 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2222 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223
2224 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2225 cmdrest++;
2226 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2227
2228 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229
2230 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2231 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2232
2233 nargs = 0;
2234 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2235 {
2236 char *cmd1;
2237
2238 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2239 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2240 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2241 cmdrest = cmd1;
2242 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2243 ++cmdrest;
2244 }
2245
2246 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2247 that may show up. */
2248 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2249 {
2250 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2251 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2252 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2253 }
2254
2255 if (ex.reason < 0)
2256 {
2257 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2258 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2259 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 return NULL;
2261 }
2262
2263 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2264
2265 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2266 return aexpr;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2270 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2271 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2272
2273 static void
2274 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2275 {
2276 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2277 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2278 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2279 struct bp_location *loc;
2280
2281 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2282 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2283 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2284 return;
2285
2286 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2287 return;
2288
2289 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2290 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2291 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2292 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2293 response back to GDB. */
2294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2295 {
2296 loc = (*loc2p);
2297 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2298 {
2299 if (modified)
2300 {
2301 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2302
2303 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2304 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2305 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2306 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2307 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2308 loc->owner->extra_string);
2309 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2310
2311 if (!aexpr)
2312 continue;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2317 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2318 {
2319 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2320 break;
2321 }
2322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 and so clean up. */
2327 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2328 {
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2330 {
2331 loc = (*loc2p);
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2333 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2334 {
2335 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 located. */
2337 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2338 return;
2339
2340 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2341 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2342 }
2343 }
2344 }
2345
2346 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2347 for this location's address. */
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2349 {
2350 loc = (*loc2p);
2351 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2352 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2353 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2354 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2355 && loc->enabled)
2356 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2357 to send the commands to the target. */
2358 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2359 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2360 }
2361
2362 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2363 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2364 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2365 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2366 }
2367
2368 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2369 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2370 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2371 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2372 -1 for failure.
2373
2374 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2375 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 static int
2377 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2378 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2379 int *disabled_breaks,
2380 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2381 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2382 {
2383 int val = 0;
2384 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2385 struct gdb_exception e;
2386
2387 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2388 return 0;
2389
2390 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2391 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2392 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2393 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2394 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2395 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2396 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2397 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2400 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2401 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2402
2403 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2404 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2405 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2406 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407
2408 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2409 {
2410 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2411 build_target_command_list (bl);
2412 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2413 bl->needs_update = 0;
2414 }
2415
2416 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2417 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2418 {
2419 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2420 {
2421 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2422 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2423 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424
2425 Two important cases are:
2426 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2427 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2428 hardware breakpoint.
2429 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2430 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2431 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2432 so we undo.
2433
2434 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2435 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2436 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2437 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 gdb. */
2439 struct mem_region *mr
2440 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2441
2442 if (mr)
2443 {
2444 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2445 {
2446 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2447
2448 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2449 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2450 else
2451 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2452
2453 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2454 {
2455 static int said = 0;
2456
2457 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2458 if (!said)
2459 {
2460 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2461 _("Note: automatically using "
2462 "hardware breakpoints for "
2463 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2464 said = 1;
2465 }
2466 }
2467 }
2468 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2470 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2471 "at readonly address %s"),
2472 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2473 }
2474 }
2475
2476 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2477 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2478 || bl->section == NULL
2479 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2480 {
2481 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2482 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2483 {
2484 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2485 }
2486 if (e.reason < 0)
2487 {
2488 val = 1;
2489 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2490 }
2491 }
2492 else
2493 {
2494 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2495 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2496 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2497 {
2498 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2499 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2500 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2501 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2502 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2503 bl->owner->number);
2504 else
2505 {
2506 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2507 bl->section);
2508 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2509 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2510 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2511 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2512 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2513 if (val != 0)
2514 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2515 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2516 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2517 bl->owner->number);
2518 }
2519 }
2520 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2521 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2522 {
2523 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2524 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2525 {
2526 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2527 }
2528 if (e.reason < 0)
2529 {
2530 val = 1;
2531 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2532 }
2533 }
2534 else
2535 {
2536 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2537 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2538 return 0;
2539 }
2540 }
2541
2542 if (val)
2543 {
2544 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2545 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2546 {
2547 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 val = 0;
2549 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2550 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2551 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2552 {
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2554 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 bl->owner->number);
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2558 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 }
2560 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2562 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2563 }
2564 else
2565 {
2566 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2567 {
2568 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2569 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2571 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2572 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2573 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2575 }
2576 else
2577 {
2578 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2579 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 bl->owner->number);
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2582 "Error accessing memory address ");
2583 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2584 tmp_error_stream);
2585 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2586 safe_strerror (val));
2587 }
2588
2589 }
2590 }
2591 else
2592 bl->inserted = 1;
2593
2594 return val;
2595 }
2596
2597 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2598 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2599 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2600 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2601 {
2602 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2603 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2604
2605 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2606
2607 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2608 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2609 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2610 {
2611 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2612
2613 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2614 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 of this one. */
2616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2617 if (loc != bl
2618 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2619 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2620 {
2621 bl->duplicate = 1;
2622 bl->inserted = 1;
2623 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2624 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2625 val = 0;
2626 break;
2627 }
2628
2629 if (val == 1)
2630 {
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2632 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2633
2634 if (val)
2635 /* Back to the original value. */
2636 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2637 }
2638 }
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2641 }
2642
2643 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2644 {
2645 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2646 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2647
2648 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2649 if (val)
2650 {
2651 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2652
2653 if (val == 1)
2654 warning (_("\
2655 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2656 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2657 else
2658 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2659 }
2660
2661 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2662
2663 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2664 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2665 so just return success. */
2666 return 0;
2667 }
2668
2669 return 0;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2673 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2674 PSPACE anymore. */
2675
2676 void
2677 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2678 {
2679 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2680 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2681
2682 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2684 {
2685 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2686 delete_breakpoint (b);
2687 }
2688
2689 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2690 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2692 {
2693 struct bp_location *tmp;
2694
2695 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2696 {
2697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2698 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2699 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2700 else
2701 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2702 if (tmp->next == loc)
2703 {
2704 tmp->next = loc->next;
2705 break;
2706 }
2707 }
2708 }
2709
2710 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2711 removed locations above. */
2712 update_global_location_list (0);
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2716 Throws exception on any error.
2717 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2718 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 void
2720 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 {
2722 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2723
2724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2726 {
2727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2728
2729 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2730 }
2731
2732 update_global_location_list (1);
2733
2734 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2735 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 now. */
2737 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2738 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2742
2743 void
2744 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2745 {
2746 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2747
2748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2749 {
2750 callback (loc, NULL);
2751 }
2752 }
2753
2754 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2755 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2756 always-inserted mode. */
2757
2758 static void
2759 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 {
2761 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2762 int error_flag = 0;
2763 int val = 0;
2764 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2765 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2766 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2767
2768 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2769 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2770
2771 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2772 there was an error. */
2773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2774
2775 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2778 {
2779 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 breakpoints. */
2781 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2782 continue;
2783
2784 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2785 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2786 deletion of breakpoints. */
2787 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2788 continue;
2789
2790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2791
2792 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2793 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2794 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2795 insert breakpoints. */
2796 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2797 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2798 continue;
2799
2800 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2801 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2802 if (val)
2803 error_flag = val;
2804 }
2805
2806 if (error_flag)
2807 {
2808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2809 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2810 }
2811
2812 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2813 }
2814
2815 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2816
2817 static void
2818 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 {
2820 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2821 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2822 int error_flag = 0;
2823 int val = 0;
2824 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2825 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2826 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2827
2828 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2829 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2830
2831 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2832 there was an error. */
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2834
2835 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836
2837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2838 {
2839 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2840 continue;
2841
2842 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2843 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2844 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2845 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2846 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2847 continue;
2848
2849 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2850
2851 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2852 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2853 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2854 insert breakpoints. */
2855 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2856 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2857 continue;
2858
2859 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2860 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2861 if (val)
2862 error_flag = val;
2863 }
2864
2865 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2866 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2868 {
2869 int some_failed = 0;
2870 struct bp_location *loc;
2871
2872 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2873 continue;
2874
2875 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2876 continue;
2877
2878 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2879 continue;
2880
2881 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2882 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2883 {
2884 some_failed = 1;
2885 break;
2886 }
2887 if (some_failed)
2888 {
2889 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2890 if (loc->inserted)
2891 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2892
2893 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2894 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2895 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2896 bpt->number);
2897 error_flag = -1;
2898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 if (error_flag)
2902 {
2903 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2904 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2905 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2906 {
2907 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2908 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2909 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 }
2911 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2912 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2913 }
2914
2915 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2916 }
2917
2918 /* Used when the program stops.
2919 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2920 removing a breakpoint location. */
2921
2922 int
2923 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 {
2925 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2926 int val = 0;
2927
2928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2929 {
2930 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2931 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2932 }
2933 return val;
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2937
2938 int
2939 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2940 {
2941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2942 int val;
2943 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2944
2945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 {
2947 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2948 continue;
2949
2950 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2951 continue;
2952
2953 if (bl->inserted)
2954 {
2955 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2956 if (val != 0)
2957 return val;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 return 0;
2961 }
2962
2963 int
2964 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2965 {
2966 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2967 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2968 int val;
2969 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2970 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2971 struct inferior *inf;
2972 struct thread_info *tp;
2973
2974 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2975 if (tp == NULL)
2976 return 1;
2977
2978 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2979 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2980
2981 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2982
2983 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2984 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2985
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2987 {
2988 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2989 continue;
2990
2991 if (bl->inserted)
2992 {
2993 bl->inserted = 0;
2994 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2995 if (val != 0)
2996 {
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2998 return val;
2999 }
3000 }
3001 }
3002 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3003 return 0;
3004 }
3005
3006 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3007
3008 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3009 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3010 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3011 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3012 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3013 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 static void
3015 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3016 {
3017 if (internal)
3018 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3019 else
3020 {
3021 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3022 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 static struct breakpoint *
3027 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3028 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3029 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3030 {
3031 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3032 struct breakpoint *b;
3033
3034 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3035
3036 sal.pc = address;
3037 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3038 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3039
3040 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3041 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3042 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3043
3044 return b;
3045 }
3046
3047 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3048 {
3049 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 };
3051 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052
3053 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3054 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 {
3056 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3058
3059 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3060 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3061
3062 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3063 int longjmp_searched;
3064
3065 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3066 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3067
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3070
3071 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3072 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3073
3074 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3075 int exception_searched;
3076
3077 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3078 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3079 };
3080
3081 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3082
3083 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3084 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3085
3086 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3087
3088 static int
3089 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3090 {
3091 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3092 }
3093
3094 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3095 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096
3097 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3098 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3099 {
3100 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3101
3102 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3103 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3104 {
3105 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3106 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3107
3108 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3109 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3110 }
3111 return bp_objfile_data;
3112 }
3113
3114 static void
3115 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3116 {
3117 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3118
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3120 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3121 }
3122
3123 static void
3124 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 {
3126 struct objfile *objfile;
3127 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3128
3129 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3130 {
3131 struct breakpoint *b;
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3133 CORE_ADDR addr;
3134
3135 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3136
3137 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3138 continue;
3139
3140 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3141 {
3142 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3143
3144 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3145 if (m == NULL)
3146 {
3147 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3148 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3149 continue;
3150 }
3151 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3152 }
3153
3154 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3155 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3156 bp_overlay_event,
3157 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3158 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3159
3160 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3161 {
3162 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3163 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3164 }
3165 else
3166 {
3167 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3168 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3169 }
3170 }
3171 update_global_location_list (1);
3172 }
3173
3174 static void
3175 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 {
3177 struct program_space *pspace;
3178 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3179
3180 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3181
3182 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3183 {
3184 struct objfile *objfile;
3185
3186 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3187
3188 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3189 {
3190 int i;
3191 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3193
3194 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3195 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3196 continue;
3197
3198 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3199
3200 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3201 {
3202 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3203 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3204 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3205 }
3206
3207 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3208 {
3209 int i;
3210 struct probe *probe;
3211 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3212
3213 for (i = 0;
3214 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3215 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3216 i, probe);
3217 ++i)
3218 {
3219 struct breakpoint *b;
3220
3221 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3222 bp_longjmp_master,
3223 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3224 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3225 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3226 }
3227
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3232 {
3233 struct breakpoint *b;
3234 const char *func_name;
3235 CORE_ADDR addr;
3236
3237 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3238 continue;
3239
3240 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3241 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3242 {
3243 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3244
3245 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3246 if (m == NULL)
3247 {
3248 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3249 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3250 continue;
3251 }
3252 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3253 }
3254
3255 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3256 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3258 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3259 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3260 }
3261 }
3262 }
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3264
3265 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 static void
3270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 {
3272 struct program_space *pspace;
3273 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3274 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3275
3276 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3277
3278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3279 {
3280 struct objfile *objfile;
3281 CORE_ADDR addr;
3282
3283 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3284
3285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3286 {
3287 struct breakpoint *b;
3288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3289
3290 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3291
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3293 continue;
3294
3295 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3296 {
3297 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3298
3299 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3300 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3302 {
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3305 continue;
3306 }
3307 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3308 }
3309
3310 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3311 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3312 bp_std_terminate_master,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 }
3317 }
3318
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3320
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3322 }
3323
3324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3325
3326 static void
3327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 {
3329 struct objfile *objfile;
3330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331
3332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3333 {
3334 struct breakpoint *b;
3335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3337 CORE_ADDR addr;
3338
3339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3340
3341 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3342 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3343 {
3344 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3345 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3346 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3347 }
3348
3349 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3350 {
3351 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3352 int i;
3353 struct probe *probe;
3354
3355 for (i = 0;
3356 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3357 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3358 i, probe);
3359 ++i)
3360 {
3361 struct breakpoint *b;
3362
3363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3364 bp_exception_master,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3366 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3367 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3368 }
3369
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372
3373 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374
3375 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3376 continue;
3377
3378 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3379
3380 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3381 {
3382 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3383
3384 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3385 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3386 {
3387 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3388 continue;
3389 }
3390
3391 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3392 }
3393
3394 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3395 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3396 &current_target);
3397 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3399 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3400 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3401 }
3402
3403 update_global_location_list (1);
3404 }
3405
3406 void
3407 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 {
3409 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3410 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3411
3412 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3413 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3414 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3415 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3416 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3417 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3418 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3419 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3421 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3422 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3423
3424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3425 {
3426 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3427 continue;
3428
3429 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3430 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3431 {
3432 delete_breakpoint (b);
3433 continue;
3434 }
3435
3436 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3438 {
3439 delete_breakpoint (b);
3440 continue;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3444 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3445 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3446 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3447 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3448 {
3449 delete_breakpoint (b);
3450 continue;
3451 }
3452
3453 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3454 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3455 {
3456 delete_breakpoint (b);
3457 continue;
3458 }
3459
3460 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 after an exec. */
3462 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3463 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3464 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3465 {
3466 delete_breakpoint (b);
3467 continue;
3468 }
3469
3470 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3471 {
3472 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3473 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3474 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3475 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3476 continue;
3477 }
3478
3479 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3480 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3481 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3482 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3483 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3484 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485
3486 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3487 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3488 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3489 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3490 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3491 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3492 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493
3494 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3495 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3496 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3497 let finish_command delete it.
3498
3499 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3500 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3501 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3502 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3503 solib breakpoints.) */
3504
3505 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3506 {
3507 continue;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3511 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 a.out. */
3513 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3514 {
3515 delete_breakpoint (b);
3516 continue;
3517 }
3518 }
3519 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3524 }
3525
3526 int
3527 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3528 {
3529 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3530 int val = 0;
3531 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3532 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3533
3534 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3535 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536
3537 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3538 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3540 {
3541 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3542 continue;
3543
3544 if (bl->inserted)
3545 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3546 }
3547
3548 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3549 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550
3551 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3552 return val;
3553 }
3554
3555 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3556 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3557 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3558 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3559 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3560
3561 static int
3562 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3563 {
3564 int val;
3565
3566 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3567 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3568
3569 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3570 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3571 return 0;
3572
3573 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3574 This should not ever happen. */
3575 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3576
3577 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3578 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3579 {
3580 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3581 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3582 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583
3584 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3585 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3586 || bl->section == NULL
3587 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3588 {
3589 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3590 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3591 }
3592 else
3593 {
3594 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3595 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3596 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3597 {
3598 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3599 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 */
3601 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3602 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3603 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3604 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3605 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3606 else
3607 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3608 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3609 }
3610 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3611 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3612 if (bl->inserted)
3613 {
3614 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3615 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3616 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3617 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618
3619 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3620 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3621 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3622 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3623 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3624 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3625 else
3626 val = 0;
3627 }
3628 else
3629 {
3630 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3631 val = 0;
3632 }
3633 }
3634
3635 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3636 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3637 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3638 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3639 val = 0;
3640
3641 if (val)
3642 return val;
3643 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3644 }
3645 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3646 {
3647 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3648 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3649
3650 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3651 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3652
3653 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3654 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3655 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3656 bl->owner->number);
3657 }
3658 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3659 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3660 && !bl->duplicate)
3661 {
3662 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3663 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3664
3665 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3666 if (val)
3667 return val;
3668
3669 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3670 }
3671
3672 return 0;
3673 }
3674
3675 static int
3676 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3677 {
3678 int ret;
3679 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3680
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3683
3684 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3685 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3686 return 0;
3687
3688 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3689 This should not ever happen. */
3690 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3691
3692 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693
3694 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3695
3696 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3697
3698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3699 return ret;
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3703
3704 void
3705 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 {
3707 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3708
3709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3710 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3711 bl->inserted = 0;
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3715 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716
3717 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3718 between runs.
3719
3720 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3721 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3722 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3723
3724
3725
3726 void
3727 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3728 {
3729 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3730 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 int ix;
3732 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3733
3734 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 nothing to do. */
3736 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3737 return;
3738
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3740 {
3741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3742 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3743 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3744 bl->inserted = 0;
3745 }
3746
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3748 {
3749 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3750 continue;
3751
3752 switch (b->type)
3753 {
3754 case bp_call_dummy:
3755 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3756
3757 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3758 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3759 rid of it. */
3760
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3762
3763 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764
3765 case bp_shlib_event:
3766
3767 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3768 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3769 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3770 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3771 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772
3773 (gdb) file prog-linux
3774 (gdb) run # native linux target
3775 ...
3776 (gdb) kill
3777 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3778 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3779 */
3780
3781 case bp_step_resume:
3782
3783 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784
3785 delete_breakpoint (b);
3786 break;
3787
3788 case bp_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3791 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3792 {
3793 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3794
3795 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3796 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b);
3798 else if (context == inf_starting)
3799 {
3800 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3801 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 if (w->val)
3803 value_free (w->val);
3804 w->val = NULL;
3805 w->val_valid = 0;
3806 }
3807 }
3808 break;
3809 default:
3810 break;
3811 }
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3815 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3816 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3817 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3818 }
3819
3820 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3821 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3822 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3823 match, not program space. */
3824
3825 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3826 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3827 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3828 permanent breakpoint.
3829 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3830 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3831 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3832 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3833 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834
3835 enum breakpoint_here
3836 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3837 {
3838 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3839 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3840
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3842 {
3843 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3844 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3845 continue;
3846
3847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3848 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3849 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3850 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3851 {
3852 if (overlay_debugging
3853 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3854 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3856 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3857 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3858 else
3859 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3860 }
3861 }
3862
3863 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3867
3868 int
3869 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3870 {
3871 struct bp_location *loc;
3872 int ix;
3873
3874 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3875 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3876 return 1;
3877
3878 return 0;
3879 }
3880
3881 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3882 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3883 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3884 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3885
3886 int
3887 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3888 CORE_ADDR pc)
3889 {
3890 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3891
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3893 {
3894 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3896 continue;
3897
3898 if (bl->inserted
3899 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3900 {
3901 if (overlay_debugging
3902 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3903 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3904 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3905 else
3906 return 1;
3907 }
3908 }
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3913 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3914
3915 int
3916 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3917 {
3918 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3919 return 1;
3920
3921 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3922 return 1;
3923
3924 return 0;
3925 }
3926
3927 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3928 inserted at PC. */
3929
3930 int
3931 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3932 CORE_ADDR pc)
3933 {
3934 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3935
3936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3937 {
3938 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3939 continue;
3940
3941 if (bl->inserted
3942 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3943 aspace, pc))
3944 {
3945 if (overlay_debugging
3946 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3947 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3948 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3949 else
3950 return 1;
3951 }
3952 }
3953
3954 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3955 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3956 return 1;
3957
3958 return 0;
3959 }
3960
3961 int
3962 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3963 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3964 {
3965 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3966
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3968 {
3969 struct bp_location *loc;
3970
3971 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3972 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3973 continue;
3974
3975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3976 continue;
3977
3978 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3979 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3980 {
3981 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3982
3983 /* Check for intersection. */
3984 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3985 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3986 if (l < h)
3987 return 1;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 return 0;
3991 }
3992
3993 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3994 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3995
3996 int
3997 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3998 ptid_t ptid)
3999 {
4000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4001 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4002 int thread = -1;
4003 int task = 0;
4004
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4006 {
4007 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4009 continue;
4010
4011 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4013 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4014 continue;
4015
4016 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4017 continue;
4018
4019 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4020 {
4021 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4022 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4023 it is now time to do so. */
4024 if (thread == -1)
4025 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4026 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4027 continue;
4028 }
4029
4030 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4031 {
4032 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4033 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4034 it is now time to do so. */
4035 if (task == 0)
4036 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4037 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4038 continue;
4039 }
4040
4041 if (overlay_debugging
4042 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4043 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4044 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4045
4046 return 1;
4047 }
4048
4049 return 0;
4050 }
4051 \f
4052
4053 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4054 in breakpoint.h. */
4055
4056 int
4057 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4058 {
4059 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4060 }
4061
4062 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4063 'next' chain. */
4064
4065 static void
4066 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4067 {
4068 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4069 value_free (bs->old_val);
4070 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4071 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4072 xfree (bs);
4073 }
4074
4075 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4076 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4077
4078 void
4079 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4080 {
4081 bpstat p;
4082 bpstat q;
4083
4084 if (bsp == 0)
4085 return;
4086 p = *bsp;
4087 while (p != NULL)
4088 {
4089 q = p->next;
4090 bpstat_free (p);
4091 p = q;
4092 }
4093 *bsp = NULL;
4094 }
4095
4096 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4097 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4098
4099 bpstat
4100 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4101 {
4102 bpstat p = NULL;
4103 bpstat tmp;
4104 bpstat retval = NULL;
4105
4106 if (bs == NULL)
4107 return bs;
4108
4109 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4110 {
4111 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4112 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4113 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4114 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4115 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4116 {
4117 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4118 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4119 }
4120
4121 if (p == NULL)
4122 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4123 retval = tmp;
4124 else
4125 p->next = tmp;
4126 p = tmp;
4127 }
4128 p->next = NULL;
4129 return retval;
4130 }
4131
4132 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4133
4134 bpstat
4135 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4136 {
4137 if (bsp == NULL)
4138 return NULL;
4139
4140 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4141 {
4142 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4143 return bsp;
4144 }
4145 return NULL;
4146 }
4147
4148 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4149 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4150 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4151 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4152
4153 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4154 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4155 we set it.
4156 Return 1 otherwise. */
4157
4158 int
4159 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4160 {
4161 struct breakpoint *b;
4162
4163 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4164 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4165
4166 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4167 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4168 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4169 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4170 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4171 if (b == NULL)
4172 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4173
4174 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4175 return 1;
4176 }
4177
4178 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4179
4180 void
4181 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4182 {
4183 struct thread_info *tp;
4184 bpstat bs;
4185
4186 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4187 return;
4188
4189 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4190 if (tp == NULL)
4191 return;
4192
4193 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4194 {
4195 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4196
4197 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4198 {
4199 value_free (bs->old_val);
4200 bs->old_val = NULL;
4201 }
4202 }
4203 }
4204
4205 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4206
4207 static void
4208 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4209 {
4210 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4211 {
4212 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4213
4214 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4215 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4216 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4217 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4218 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4219 return;
4220 }
4221
4222 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4226 command. */
4227 static void
4228 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4229 {
4230 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4231 }
4232
4233 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4234 or its equivalent. */
4235
4236 static int
4237 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4238 {
4239 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4240 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4241 }
4242
4243 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4244 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4245 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4246 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4247
4248 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4249 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4250 bpstat of the current thread. */
4251
4252 static int
4253 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4254 {
4255 bpstat bs;
4256 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4257 int again = 0;
4258
4259 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4260 in bs->commands. */
4261 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4262 return 0;
4263
4264 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4265 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4266
4267 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4268
4269 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4270 bs = *bsp;
4271
4272 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4273 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4274 {
4275 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4276 struct command_line *cmd;
4277 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4278
4279 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4280
4281 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4282 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4283 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4284 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4285 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4286 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4287 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4288 the tree when we're done. */
4289 ccmd = bs->commands;
4290 bs->commands = NULL;
4291 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4292 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4293 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4294 {
4295 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4296 cmd = cmd->next;
4297 }
4298
4299 while (cmd != NULL)
4300 {
4301 execute_control_command (cmd);
4302
4303 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4304 break;
4305 else
4306 cmd = cmd->next;
4307 }
4308
4309 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4310 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4311
4312 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4313 {
4314 if (target_can_async_p ())
4315 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4316 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4317 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4318 ;
4319 else
4320 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4321 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4322 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4323 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4324 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4325 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4326 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4327 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4328 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4329 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4330 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4331 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4332 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4333 again = 1;
4334 break;
4335 }
4336 }
4337 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4338 return again;
4339 }
4340
4341 void
4342 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4343 {
4344 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4345
4346 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4347 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4348 && target_has_execution
4349 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4350 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4351 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4352 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4353 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4354 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4355 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4356 break;
4357
4358 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4359 }
4360
4361 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4362
4363 static void
4364 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4365 {
4366 if (val == NULL)
4367 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4368 else
4369 {
4370 struct value_print_options opts;
4371 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4372 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4373 }
4374 }
4375
4376 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4377 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4378 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4379 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4380 normal_stop(). */
4381
4382 static enum print_stop_action
4383 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4384 {
4385 switch (bs->print_it)
4386 {
4387 case print_it_noop:
4388 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4390 break;
4391
4392 case print_it_done:
4393 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4394 relevant messages. */
4395 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4396 break;
4397
4398 case print_it_normal:
4399 {
4400 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4401
4402 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4403 which has since been deleted. */
4404 if (b == NULL)
4405 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4406
4407 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4408 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4409 }
4410 break;
4411
4412 default:
4413 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4414 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4415 break;
4416 }
4417 }
4418
4419 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4420
4421 static void
4422 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4423 {
4424 int any_deleted
4425 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4426 int any_added
4427 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4428
4429 if (!is_catchpoint)
4430 {
4431 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4432 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4433 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4434 else
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4436 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4437 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4438 }
4439
4440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4441 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4442 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4443
4444 if (any_deleted)
4445 {
4446 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4447 char *name;
4448 int ix;
4449
4450 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4451 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4452 "removed");
4453 for (ix = 0;
4454 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4455 ix, name);
4456 ++ix)
4457 {
4458 if (ix > 0)
4459 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4460 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4461 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4462 }
4463
4464 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4465 }
4466
4467 if (any_added)
4468 {
4469 struct so_list *iter;
4470 int ix;
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4472
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4474 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4475 "added");
4476 for (ix = 0;
4477 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4478 ix, iter);
4479 ++ix)
4480 {
4481 if (ix > 0)
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4483 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4485 }
4486
4487 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4488 }
4489 }
4490
4491 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4492 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4493 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4494 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4495 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4496 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4497 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4498 routine is one of:
4499
4500 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4501 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4502 code to print the location. An example is
4503 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4504 the location.
4505 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4506 to also print the location part of the message.
4507 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4508 don't require a location appended to the end.
4509 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4510 further info to be printed. */
4511
4512 enum print_stop_action
4513 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4514 {
4515 int val;
4516
4517 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4518 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4519 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4520 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4521 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4522 {
4523 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4524 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4525 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4526 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4527 return val;
4528 }
4529
4530 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4531 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4532 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4533 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4534 {
4535 print_solib_event (0);
4536 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4537 }
4538
4539 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4540 with and nothing was printed. */
4541 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4542 }
4543
4544 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4545 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4546 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4547 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4548
4549 static int
4550 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4551 {
4552 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4553 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4554
4555 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4556 return i;
4557 }
4558
4559 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4560
4561 static bpstat
4562 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4563 {
4564 bpstat bs;
4565
4566 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4567 bs->next = NULL;
4568 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4569 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4570 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4571 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4572 incref_bp_location (bl);
4573 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4574 bs->commands = NULL;
4575 bs->old_val = NULL;
4576 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4577 return bs;
4578 }
4579 \f
4580 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4581 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4582
4583 int
4584 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4585 {
4586 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4587 CORE_ADDR addr;
4588 struct breakpoint *b;
4589
4590 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4591 {
4592 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4593 as not triggered. */
4594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4595 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4596 {
4597 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4598
4599 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4600 }
4601
4602 return 0;
4603 }
4604
4605 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4606 {
4607 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4608 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4609 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4610 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4611 {
4612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4613
4614 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4615 }
4616
4617 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4618 }
4619
4620 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4621 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4622 triggered. */
4623
4624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4625 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4626 {
4627 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4628 struct bp_location *loc;
4629
4630 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4631 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4632 {
4633 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4634 {
4635 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4636 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4637
4638 if (newaddr == start)
4639 {
4640 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4641 break;
4642 }
4643 }
4644 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4645 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4646 addr, loc->address,
4647 loc->length))
4648 {
4649 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4650 break;
4651 }
4652 }
4653 }
4654
4655 return 1;
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4659 because of check_errors). */
4660 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4661 #define WP_DELETED 1
4662 /* The value has changed. */
4663 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4664 /* The value has not changed. */
4665 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4666 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4667 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4668
4669 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4670 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4671
4672 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4673 changed.
4674
4675 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4676 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4677
4678 static int
4679 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4680 {
4681 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4682 struct watchpoint *b;
4683 struct frame_info *fr;
4684 int within_current_scope;
4685
4686 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4687 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4688 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4689
4690 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4691 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4692 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4693 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4694 return WP_IGNORE;
4695
4696 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4697 within_current_scope = 1;
4698 else
4699 {
4700 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4701 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4702 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4703
4704 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4705 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4706 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4707 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4708 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4709 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4710 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4711 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4712 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4713 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4714 return WP_IGNORE;
4715
4716 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4717 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4718
4719 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4720 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4721 if (within_current_scope)
4722 {
4723 struct symbol *function;
4724
4725 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4726 if (function == NULL
4727 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4728 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4729 within_current_scope = 0;
4730 }
4731
4732 if (within_current_scope)
4733 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4734 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4735 the user. */
4736 select_frame (fr);
4737 }
4738
4739 if (within_current_scope)
4740 {
4741 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4742 time before we return to the command level and call
4743 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4744 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4745
4746 int pc = 0;
4747 struct value *mark;
4748 struct value *new_val;
4749
4750 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4751 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4752 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4753 a mask watchpoint. */
4754 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4755
4756 mark = value_mark ();
4757 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4758
4759 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4760 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4761 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4762 not what we want. */
4763 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4764 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4765 {
4766 if (new_val != NULL)
4767 {
4768 release_value (new_val);
4769 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4770 }
4771 bs->old_val = b->val;
4772 b->val = new_val;
4773 b->val_valid = 1;
4774 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4775 }
4776 else
4777 {
4778 /* Nothing changed. */
4779 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4780 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4781 }
4782 }
4783 else
4784 {
4785 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4786
4787 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4788 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4789 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4790 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4791 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4792 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4793 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4794 the first value assigned). */
4795 /* We print all the stop information in
4796 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4797 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4798 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4799 here. */
4800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4801 ui_out_field_string
4802 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4803 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4804 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4805 ui_out_text (uiout,
4806 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4807 which its expression is valid.\n");
4808
4809 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4810 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4811 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4812
4813 return WP_DELETED;
4814 }
4815 }
4816
4817 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4818 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4819 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4820
4821 static int
4822 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4823 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4824 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4825 {
4826 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4827
4828 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4829 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4830
4831 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4832 }
4833
4834 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4835 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4836
4837 static void
4838 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4839 {
4840 const struct bp_location *bl;
4841 struct watchpoint *b;
4842
4843 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4844 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4845 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4846 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4847 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4848
4849 {
4850 int must_check_value = 0;
4851
4852 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4853 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4854 watched value. */
4855 must_check_value = 1;
4856 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4857 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4858 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4859 this watchpoint. */
4860 must_check_value = 1;
4861 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4862 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4863 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4864 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4865 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4866 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4867 must_check_value = 1;
4868
4869 if (must_check_value)
4870 {
4871 char *message
4872 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4873 b->base.number);
4874 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4875 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4876 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4877 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4878 switch (e)
4879 {
4880 case WP_DELETED:
4881 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4882 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4883 /* Stop. */
4884 break;
4885 case WP_IGNORE:
4886 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4887 bs->stop = 0;
4888 break;
4889 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4890 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4891 {
4892 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4893
4894 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4895 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4896 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4897 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4898 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4899 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4900 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4901 old value.
4902
4903 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4904 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4905 happen:
4906
4907 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4908 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4909 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4910 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4911
4912 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4913 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4914 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4915 watchpoint.
4916
4917 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4918 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4919 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4920 changes. This still gives false positives when
4921 the program writes the same value to memory as
4922 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4923 it for a read), but it's much better than
4924 nothing. */
4925
4926 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4927
4928 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4929 {
4930 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4931
4932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4933 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4934 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4935 {
4936 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4937 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4938
4939 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4940 == watch_triggered_yes)
4941 {
4942 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4943 break;
4944 }
4945 }
4946 }
4947
4948 if (other_write_watchpoint
4949 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4950 {
4951 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4952 and the value changed since the last time we
4953 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4954 Ignore it. */
4955 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4956 bs->stop = 0;
4957 }
4958 }
4959 break;
4960 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4961 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4963 {
4964 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4965 the value hasn't changed. */
4966 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4967 bs->stop = 0;
4968 }
4969 /* Stop. */
4970 break;
4971 default:
4972 /* Can't happen. */
4973 case 0:
4974 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4975 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4976 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4977 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4978 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4979 break;
4980 }
4981 }
4982 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4983 {
4984 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4985 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4986 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4987 anything for this watchpoint. */
4988 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4989 bs->stop = 0;
4990 }
4991 }
4992 }
4993
4994
4995 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4996 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4997 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4998
4999 static void
5000 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5001 {
5002 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5003 const struct bp_location *bl;
5004 struct breakpoint *b;
5005
5006 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5007 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5008 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5009 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5010 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5011
5012 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5013 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5014 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5015
5016 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5017 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5018 bs->stop = 0;
5019 else if (bs->stop)
5020 {
5021 int value_is_zero = 0;
5022 struct expression *cond;
5023
5024 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5025 method implemented. */
5026 if (b->py_bp_object)
5027 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5028
5029 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5030 {
5031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5032
5033 cond = w->cond_exp;
5034 }
5035 else
5036 cond = bl->cond;
5037
5038 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5039 {
5040 int within_current_scope = 1;
5041 struct watchpoint * w;
5042
5043 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5044 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5045 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5046 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5047 function call. */
5048 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5049
5050 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5051 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5052 else
5053 w = NULL;
5054
5055 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5056 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5057 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5058 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5059 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5060 call site. */
5061 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5062 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5063 else
5064 {
5065 struct frame_info *frame;
5066
5067 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5068 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5069 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5070 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5071 really matter which instantiation of the function
5072 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5073 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5074 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5075 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5076 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5077 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5078 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5079 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5080 intuitive. */
5081 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5082 if (frame != NULL)
5083 select_frame (frame);
5084 else
5085 within_current_scope = 0;
5086 }
5087 if (within_current_scope)
5088 value_is_zero
5089 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5090 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5091 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5092 else
5093 {
5094 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5095 "in the current scope"));
5096 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5097 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5098 value_is_zero = 0;
5099 }
5100 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5101 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5102 }
5103
5104 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5105 {
5106 bs->stop = 0;
5107 }
5108 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5109 {
5110 bs->stop = 0;
5111 }
5112 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5113 {
5114 b->ignore_count--;
5115 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5116 bs->stop = 0;
5117 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5118 ++(b->hit_count);
5119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5120 }
5121 }
5122 }
5123
5124
5125 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5126 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5127
5128 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5129 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5130 that:
5131
5132 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5133
5134 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5135
5136 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5137 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5138 several reasons concurrently.)
5139
5140 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5141 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5142
5143 bpstat
5144 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5145 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5146 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5147 {
5148 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5149 struct bp_location *bl;
5150 struct bp_location *loc;
5151 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5152 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5153 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5154 bpstat bs;
5155 int ix;
5156 int need_remove_insert;
5157 int removed_any;
5158
5159 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5160 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5161 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5162 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5163 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5164 inferior function calls. */
5165
5166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5167 {
5168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5169 continue;
5170
5171 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5172 {
5173 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5174 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5175 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5176 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5177 checked all locations already. */
5178 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5179 break;
5180
5181 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5182 continue;
5183
5184 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5185 continue;
5186
5187 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5188 matches. */
5189
5190 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5191 explain stop. */
5192
5193 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5194 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5195 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5196 bs->stop = 1;
5197 bs->print = 1;
5198
5199 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5200 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5201 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5202 iteration. */
5203 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5204 {
5205 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5206
5207 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5208 }
5209 }
5210 }
5211
5212 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5213 {
5214 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5215 {
5216 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5217 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5218 bs->stop = 0;
5219 bs->print = 0;
5220 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5221 }
5222 }
5223
5224 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5225 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5226 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5227 "catch unload". */
5228 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5229 {
5230 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5231 {
5232 handle_solib_event ();
5233 break;
5234 }
5235 }
5236
5237 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5238 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5239 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5240
5241 removed_any = 0;
5242
5243 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5244 {
5245 if (!bs->stop)
5246 continue;
5247
5248 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5249 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5250 if (bs->stop)
5251 {
5252 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5253
5254 if (bs->stop)
5255 {
5256 ++(b->hit_count);
5257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5258
5259 /* We will stop here. */
5260 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5261 {
5262 --(b->enable_count);
5263 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5264 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5265 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5266 removed_any = 1;
5267 }
5268 if (b->silent)
5269 bs->print = 0;
5270 bs->commands = b->commands;
5271 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5272 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5273 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5274 bs->print = 0;
5275 }
5276
5277 }
5278
5279 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5280 print. */
5281 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5282 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5283 }
5284
5285 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5286 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5287 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5288 done later. */
5289 need_remove_insert = 0;
5290 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5291 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5292 if (!bs->stop
5293 && bs->breakpoint_at
5294 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5295 {
5296 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5297
5298 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5299 need_remove_insert = 1;
5300 }
5301
5302 if (need_remove_insert)
5303 update_global_location_list (1);
5304 else if (removed_any)
5305 update_global_location_list (0);
5306
5307 return bs_head;
5308 }
5309
5310 static void
5311 handle_jit_event (void)
5312 {
5313 struct frame_info *frame;
5314 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5315
5316 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5317 breakpoint_re_set. */
5318 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5319
5320 frame = get_current_frame ();
5321 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5322
5323 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5324
5325 target_terminal_inferior ();
5326 }
5327
5328 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5329
5330 void
5331 handle_solib_event (void)
5332 {
5333 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5334
5335 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5336 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5337 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5338 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5339 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5340 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5341 #else
5342 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5343 #endif
5344 target_terminal_inferior ();
5345 }
5346
5347 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5348
5349 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5350
5351 struct bpstat_what
5352 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5353 {
5354 struct bpstat_what retval;
5355 int jit_event = 0;
5356 bpstat bs;
5357
5358 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5359 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5360 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5361
5362 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5363 {
5364 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5365 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5366 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5367 enum bptype bptype;
5368
5369 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5370 {
5371 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5372 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5373 bptype = bp_none;
5374 }
5375 else
5376 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5377
5378 switch (bptype)
5379 {
5380 case bp_none:
5381 break;
5382 case bp_breakpoint:
5383 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5384 case bp_until:
5385 case bp_finish:
5386 case bp_shlib_event:
5387 if (bs->stop)
5388 {
5389 if (bs->print)
5390 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5391 else
5392 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5393 }
5394 else
5395 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5396 break;
5397 case bp_watchpoint:
5398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5399 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5400 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5401 if (bs->stop)
5402 {
5403 if (bs->print)
5404 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5405 else
5406 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5407 }
5408 else
5409 {
5410 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5411 This requires no further action. */
5412 }
5413 break;
5414 case bp_longjmp:
5415 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5416 case bp_exception:
5417 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5418 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5419 break;
5420 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5421 case bp_exception_resume:
5422 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5423 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5424 break;
5425 case bp_step_resume:
5426 if (bs->stop)
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5428 else
5429 {
5430 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5431 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5432 }
5433 break;
5434 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5435 if (bs->stop)
5436 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5437 else
5438 {
5439 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5441 }
5442 break;
5443 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5444 case bp_thread_event:
5445 case bp_overlay_event:
5446 case bp_longjmp_master:
5447 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5448 case bp_exception_master:
5449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5450 break;
5451 case bp_catchpoint:
5452 if (bs->stop)
5453 {
5454 if (bs->print)
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5456 else
5457 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5458 }
5459 else
5460 {
5461 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5462 This requires no further action. */
5463 }
5464 break;
5465 case bp_jit_event:
5466 jit_event = 1;
5467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5468 break;
5469 case bp_call_dummy:
5470 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5471 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5472 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5474 break;
5475 case bp_std_terminate:
5476 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5477 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5478 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5479 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5480 break;
5481 case bp_tracepoint:
5482 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5483 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5484 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5485 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5486 out already. */
5487 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5488 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5489 break;
5490 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5491 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5493 break;
5494 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5495 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5496 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5497 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5498 break;
5499
5500 case bp_dprintf:
5501 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5502 break;
5503
5504 default:
5505 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5506 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5507 }
5508
5509 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5510 }
5511
5512 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5513 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5514
5515 if (jit_event)
5516 {
5517 if (debug_infrun)
5518 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5519
5520 handle_jit_event ();
5521 }
5522
5523 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5524 {
5525 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5526
5527 if (b == NULL)
5528 continue;
5529 switch (b->type)
5530 {
5531 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5532 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5533 break;
5534 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5535 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5536 break;
5537 }
5538 }
5539
5540 return retval;
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5544 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5545 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5546
5547 int
5548 bpstat_should_step (void)
5549 {
5550 struct breakpoint *b;
5551
5552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5553 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5554 return 1;
5555 return 0;
5556 }
5557
5558 int
5559 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5560 {
5561 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5562 if (bs->stop)
5563 return 1;
5564
5565 return 0;
5566 }
5567
5568 \f
5569
5570 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5571 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5572 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5573
5574 static char *
5575 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5576 {
5577 static char wrap_indent[80];
5578 int i, total_width, width, align;
5579 char *text;
5580
5581 total_width = 0;
5582 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5583 {
5584 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5585 {
5586 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5587 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5588 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5589
5590 return wrap_indent;
5591 }
5592
5593 total_width += width + 1;
5594 }
5595
5596 return NULL;
5597 }
5598
5599 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5600 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5601
5602 "host": Host evals condition.
5603 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5604 "target": Target evals condition.
5605 */
5606
5607 static const char *
5608 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5609 {
5610 struct bp_location *bl;
5611 char host_evals = 0;
5612 char target_evals = 0;
5613
5614 if (!b)
5615 return NULL;
5616
5617 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5618 return NULL;
5619
5620 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5621 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5622 return condition_evaluation_host;
5623
5624 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5625 {
5626 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5627 target_evals++;
5628 else
5629 host_evals++;
5630 }
5631
5632 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5633 return condition_evaluation_both;
5634 else if (target_evals)
5635 return condition_evaluation_target;
5636 else
5637 return condition_evaluation_host;
5638 }
5639
5640 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5641 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5642
5643 static const char *
5644 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5645 {
5646 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5647 return NULL;
5648
5649 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5650 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5651 return condition_evaluation_host;
5652
5653 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5654 return condition_evaluation_target;
5655 else
5656 return condition_evaluation_host;
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5660
5661 static void
5662 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5663 struct bp_location *loc)
5664 {
5665 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5666 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5667
5668 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5669 loc = NULL;
5670
5671 if (loc != NULL)
5672 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5673
5674 if (b->display_canonical)
5675 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5676 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5677 {
5678 struct symbol *sym
5679 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5680 if (sym)
5681 {
5682 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5684 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5685 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5686 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5687 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5688 }
5689 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5690 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5691
5692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5693 {
5694 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5695 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5696
5697 if (fullname)
5698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5699 }
5700
5701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5702 }
5703 else if (loc)
5704 {
5705 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5706 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5707
5708 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5709 demangle, "");
5710 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5711
5712 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5713 }
5714 else
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5716
5717 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5718 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5719 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5720 {
5721 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5723 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5724 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5725 }
5726
5727 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5728 }
5729
5730 static const char *
5731 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5732 {
5733 struct ep_type_description
5734 {
5735 enum bptype type;
5736 char *description;
5737 };
5738 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5739 {
5740 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5741 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5742 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5743 {bp_until, "until"},
5744 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5745 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5748 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5749 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5750 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5751 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5752 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5753 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5754 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5755 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5756 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5757 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5758 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5759 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5760 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5761 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5762 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5763 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5764 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5765 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5766 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5768 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5769 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5770 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5771 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5772 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5773 };
5774
5775 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5776 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5777 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5778 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5779 (int) type);
5780
5781 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5785
5786 static void
5787 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5788 struct bp_location *loc,
5789 int loc_number,
5790 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5791 int allflag)
5792 {
5793 struct command_line *l;
5794 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5795
5796 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5797 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5798 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5799 struct value_print_options opts;
5800
5801 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5802
5803 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5804 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5805 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5806 if (loc == NULL
5807 && (b->loc != NULL
5808 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5809 header_of_multiple = 1;
5810 if (loc == NULL)
5811 loc = b->loc;
5812
5813 annotate_record ();
5814
5815 /* 1 */
5816 annotate_field (0);
5817 if (part_of_multiple)
5818 {
5819 char *formatted;
5820 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5821 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5822 xfree (formatted);
5823 }
5824 else
5825 {
5826 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5827 }
5828
5829 /* 2 */
5830 annotate_field (1);
5831 if (part_of_multiple)
5832 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5833 else
5834 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5835
5836 /* 3 */
5837 annotate_field (2);
5838 if (part_of_multiple)
5839 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5840 else
5841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5842
5843
5844 /* 4 */
5845 annotate_field (3);
5846 if (part_of_multiple)
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5848 else
5849 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5850 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5851 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5852
5853
5854 /* 5 and 6 */
5855 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5856 {
5857 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5858 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5859 make sure there's just one location. */
5860 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5861 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5862 }
5863 else
5864 switch (b->type)
5865 {
5866 case bp_none:
5867 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5868 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5869 break;
5870
5871 case bp_watchpoint:
5872 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5873 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5874 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5875 {
5876 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5877
5878 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5879 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5880 is relatively readable). */
5881 if (opts.addressprint)
5882 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5883 annotate_field (5);
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5885 }
5886 break;
5887
5888 case bp_breakpoint:
5889 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5890 case bp_until:
5891 case bp_finish:
5892 case bp_longjmp:
5893 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5894 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5895 case bp_exception:
5896 case bp_exception_resume:
5897 case bp_step_resume:
5898 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5899 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5900 case bp_call_dummy:
5901 case bp_std_terminate:
5902 case bp_shlib_event:
5903 case bp_thread_event:
5904 case bp_overlay_event:
5905 case bp_longjmp_master:
5906 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5907 case bp_exception_master:
5908 case bp_tracepoint:
5909 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5910 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5911 case bp_dprintf:
5912 case bp_jit_event:
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5914 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5915 if (opts.addressprint)
5916 {
5917 annotate_field (4);
5918 if (header_of_multiple)
5919 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5920 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5921 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5922 else
5923 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5924 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5925 }
5926 annotate_field (5);
5927 if (!header_of_multiple)
5928 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5929 if (b->loc)
5930 *last_loc = b->loc;
5931 break;
5932 }
5933
5934
5935 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5936 are several. */
5937 if (loc != NULL
5938 && !header_of_multiple
5939 && (allflag
5940 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5941 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5942 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5943 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5944 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5945 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5946 {
5947 struct inferior *inf;
5948 int first = 1;
5949
5950 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5951 {
5952 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5953 {
5954 if (first)
5955 {
5956 first = 0;
5957 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5958 }
5959 else
5960 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5961 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5962 }
5963 }
5964 }
5965
5966 if (!part_of_multiple)
5967 {
5968 if (b->thread != -1)
5969 {
5970 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5971 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5972 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5973 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5974 }
5975 else if (b->task != 0)
5976 {
5977 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5978 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5979 }
5980 }
5981
5982 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5983
5984 if (!part_of_multiple)
5985 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5986
5987 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5988 {
5989 annotate_field (6);
5990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5991 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5992 the frame ID. */
5993 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5994 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5996 }
5997
5998 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5999 {
6000 annotate_field (7);
6001 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6003 else
6004 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6006
6007 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6008 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6009 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6010 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6011 == condition_evaluation_target)
6012 {
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6014 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6015 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6016 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6017 }
6018 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6019 }
6020
6021 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6022 {
6023 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6025 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6026 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6027 }
6028
6029 if (!part_of_multiple)
6030 {
6031 if (b->hit_count)
6032 {
6033 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6034 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6036 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6038 else
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6041 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6042 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6043 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6044 else
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6046 }
6047 else
6048 {
6049 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6051 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6052 }
6053 }
6054
6055 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6056 {
6057 annotate_field (8);
6058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6059 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6061 }
6062
6063 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6064 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6065 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6066 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6067 {
6068 annotate_field (8);
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6070 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6071 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6072 if (b->ignore_count)
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6074 else
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6076 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6077 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6078 }
6079
6080 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6081 {
6082 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6083
6084 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6085 {
6086 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6087 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6089 }
6090 }
6091
6092 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6093 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6094 {
6095 annotate_field (7);
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6097 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6099 }
6100
6101 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6102 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6103 {
6104 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6105
6106 annotate_field (9);
6107 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6108 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6109 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6110 }
6111
6112 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6113 {
6114 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6115
6116 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6117 {
6118 annotate_field (10);
6119 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6120 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6121 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6122 }
6123
6124 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6125 pending. */
6126 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6127 {
6128 annotate_field (11);
6129
6130 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6131 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6132 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6133 else
6134 {
6135 if (loc->inserted)
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6137 else
6138 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6139 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6140 }
6141 }
6142 }
6143
6144 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6145 {
6146 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6147 {
6148 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6149
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6151 }
6152 else if (b->addr_string)
6153 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6154 }
6155 }
6156
6157 static void
6158 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6159 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6160 int allflag)
6161 {
6162 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6163 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6164
6165 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6166
6167 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6168 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6169
6170 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6171 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6172 locations, if any. */
6173 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6174 {
6175 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6176 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6177 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6178 situation.
6179
6180 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6181 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6182 if (b->loc
6183 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6184 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6185 {
6186 struct bp_location *loc;
6187 int n = 1;
6188
6189 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6190 {
6191 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6192 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6193 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6194 do_cleanups (inner2);
6195 }
6196 }
6197 }
6198 }
6199
6200 static int
6201 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6202 {
6203 int print_address_bits = 0;
6204 struct bp_location *loc;
6205
6206 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6207 {
6208 int addr_bit;
6209
6210 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6211 an address to print. */
6212 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6213 continue;
6214
6215 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6216 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6217 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6218 }
6219
6220 return print_address_bits;
6221 }
6222
6223 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6224 {
6225 int bnum;
6226 };
6227
6228 static int
6229 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6230 {
6231 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6232 struct breakpoint *b;
6233 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6234
6235 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6236 {
6237 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6238 {
6239 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6240 return GDB_RC_OK;
6241 }
6242 }
6243 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6244 }
6245
6246 enum gdb_rc
6247 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6248 char **error_message)
6249 {
6250 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6251
6252 args.bnum = bnum;
6253 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6254 an error. */
6255 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6256 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6257 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6258 else
6259 return GDB_RC_OK;
6260 }
6261
6262 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6263 internal or momentary. */
6264
6265 int
6266 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6267 {
6268 return b->number > 0;
6269 }
6270
6271 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6272 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6273 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6274 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6275 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6276 breakpoints listed. */
6277
6278 static int
6279 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6280 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6281 {
6282 struct breakpoint *b;
6283 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6284 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6285 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6286 struct value_print_options opts;
6287 int print_address_bits = 0;
6288 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6289 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6290
6291 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6292
6293 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6294 required for address fields. */
6295 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6297 {
6298 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6299 if (filter && !filter (b))
6300 continue;
6301
6302 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6303 accept. Skip the others. */
6304 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6305 {
6306 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6307 continue;
6308 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6309 continue;
6310 }
6311
6312 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6313 {
6314 int addr_bit, type_len;
6315
6316 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6317 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6318 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6319
6320 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6321 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6322 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6323
6324 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6325 }
6326 }
6327
6328 if (opts.addressprint)
6329 bkpttbl_chain
6330 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6331 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6332 "BreakpointTable");
6333 else
6334 bkpttbl_chain
6335 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6336 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6337 "BreakpointTable");
6338
6339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6340 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6341 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6342 annotate_field (0);
6343 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6344 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6345 annotate_field (1);
6346 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6347 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6348 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6349 annotate_field (2);
6350 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6351 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6352 annotate_field (3);
6353 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6354 if (opts.addressprint)
6355 {
6356 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6357 annotate_field (4);
6358 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6359 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6360 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6361 else
6362 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6363 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6364 }
6365 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6366 annotate_field (5);
6367 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6368 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6369 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6370 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6371
6372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6373 {
6374 QUIT;
6375 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6376 if (filter && !filter (b))
6377 continue;
6378
6379 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6380 accept. Skip the others. */
6381
6382 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6383 {
6384 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6385 {
6386 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6387 continue;
6388 }
6389 else /* all others */
6390 {
6391 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6392 continue;
6393 }
6394 }
6395 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6396 allflag is set. */
6397 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6398 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6399 }
6400
6401 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6402
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6404 {
6405 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6406 empty list. */
6407 if (!filter)
6408 {
6409 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6410 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6411 else
6412 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6413 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6414 args);
6415 }
6416 }
6417 else
6418 {
6419 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6420 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6421 }
6422
6423 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6424 there have been breakpoints? */
6425 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6426
6427 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6428 }
6429
6430 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6431 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6432
6433 static void
6434 default_collect_info (void)
6435 {
6436 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6437
6438 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6439 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6440 not wanted. */
6441 if (!*default_collect)
6442 return;
6443
6444 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6445 actions. */
6446 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6447 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6448 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6449 }
6450
6451 static void
6452 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6453 {
6454 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6455
6456 default_collect_info ();
6457 }
6458
6459 static void
6460 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6461 {
6462 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6463 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6464
6465 if (num_printed == 0)
6466 {
6467 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6468 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6469 else
6470 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6471 }
6472 }
6473
6474 static void
6475 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6476 {
6477 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6478
6479 default_collect_info ();
6480 }
6481
6482 static int
6483 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6484 struct program_space *pspace,
6485 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6486 {
6487 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6488
6489 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6490 {
6491 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6492 && bl->address == pc
6493 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6494 return 1;
6495 }
6496 return 0;
6497 }
6498
6499 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6500 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6501 address spaces. */
6502
6503 static void
6504 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6505 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6506 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6507 {
6508 int others = 0;
6509 struct breakpoint *b;
6510
6511 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6512 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6513 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6514 if (others > 0)
6515 {
6516 if (others == 1)
6517 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6518 else /* if (others == ???) */
6519 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6521 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6522 {
6523 others--;
6524 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6525 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6526 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6527 else if (b->thread != -1)
6528 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6529 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6530 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6531 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6532 ? " (disabled)"
6533 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6534 ? " (permanent)"
6535 : ""),
6536 (others > 1) ? ","
6537 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6538 }
6539 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6540 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6541 printf_filtered (".\n");
6542 }
6543 }
6544 \f
6545
6546 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6547 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6548 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6549 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6550
6551 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6552 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6553 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6554 breakpoint at address zero:
6555
6556 bp_watchpoint
6557 bp_catchpoint
6558
6559 */
6560
6561 static int
6562 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6563 {
6564 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6565
6566 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6567 }
6568
6569 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6570 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6571
6572 static int
6573 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6574 struct bp_location *loc2)
6575 {
6576 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6577 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6578
6579 /* Both of them must exist. */
6580 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6581 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6582
6583 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6584 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6585 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6586 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6587 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6588 other watchpoint. */
6589 if ((w1->cond_exp
6590 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6591 loc1->length,
6592 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6593 w1->cond_exp))
6594 || (w2->cond_exp
6595 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6596 loc2->length,
6597 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6598 w2->cond_exp)))
6599 return 0;
6600
6601 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6602 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6603 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6604 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6605 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6606 become hw_access locations later. */
6607 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6608 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6609 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6610 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6611 }
6612
6613 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6614 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6615 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6616 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6617
6618 static int
6619 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6620 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6621 {
6622 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6623 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6624 && addr1 == addr2);
6625 }
6626
6627 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6628 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6629 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6630 space doesn't really matter. */
6631
6632 static int
6633 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6634 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6635 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6636 {
6637 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6638 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6639 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6640 }
6641
6642 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6643 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6644 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6645 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6646
6647 static int
6648 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6649 struct address_space *aspace,
6650 CORE_ADDR addr)
6651 {
6652 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6653 aspace, addr)
6654 || (bl->length
6655 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6656 bl->address, bl->length,
6657 aspace, addr)));
6658 }
6659
6660 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6661 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6662 true, otherwise returns false. */
6663
6664 static int
6665 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6666 struct bp_location *loc2)
6667 {
6668 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6669 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6670 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6671 different locations. */
6672 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6673 else
6674 return 0;
6675 }
6676
6677 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6678 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6679 represent the same location. */
6680
6681 static int
6682 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6683 struct bp_location *loc2)
6684 {
6685 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6686
6687 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6688 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6689 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6690
6691 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6692 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6693
6694 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6695 return 0;
6696 else if (hw_point1)
6697 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6698 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6699 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6700 else
6701 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6702 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6703 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6704 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6705 }
6706
6707 static void
6708 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6709 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6710 {
6711 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6712 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6713 char astr1[64];
6714 char astr2[64];
6715
6716 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6717 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6718 if (have_bnum)
6719 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6720 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6721 else
6722 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6723 }
6724
6725 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6726 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6727 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6728 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6729
6730 static CORE_ADDR
6731 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6732 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6733 {
6734 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6735 {
6736 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6737 return bpaddr;
6738 }
6739 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6740 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6741 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6742 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6743 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6744 {
6745 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6746 have their addresses modified. */
6747 return bpaddr;
6748 }
6749 else
6750 {
6751 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6752
6753 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6754 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6755 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6756
6757 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6758 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6759 is required. */
6760 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6761 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6762
6763 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6764 }
6765 }
6766
6767 void
6768 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6769 struct breakpoint *owner)
6770 {
6771 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6772
6773 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6774
6775 loc->ops = ops;
6776 loc->owner = owner;
6777 loc->cond = NULL;
6778 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6779 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6780 loc->enabled = 1;
6781
6782 switch (owner->type)
6783 {
6784 case bp_breakpoint:
6785 case bp_until:
6786 case bp_finish:
6787 case bp_longjmp:
6788 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6789 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6790 case bp_exception:
6791 case bp_exception_resume:
6792 case bp_step_resume:
6793 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6794 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6795 case bp_call_dummy:
6796 case bp_std_terminate:
6797 case bp_shlib_event:
6798 case bp_thread_event:
6799 case bp_overlay_event:
6800 case bp_jit_event:
6801 case bp_longjmp_master:
6802 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6803 case bp_exception_master:
6804 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6805 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6806 case bp_dprintf:
6807 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6808 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6809 break;
6810 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6811 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6812 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6813 break;
6814 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6815 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6816 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6817 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6818 break;
6819 case bp_watchpoint:
6820 case bp_catchpoint:
6821 case bp_tracepoint:
6822 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6823 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6824 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6825 break;
6826 default:
6827 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6828 }
6829
6830 loc->refc = 1;
6831 }
6832
6833 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6834
6835 static struct bp_location *
6836 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6837 {
6838 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6839 }
6840
6841 static void
6842 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6843 {
6844 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6845 xfree (loc);
6846 }
6847
6848 /* Increment reference count. */
6849
6850 static void
6851 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6852 {
6853 ++bl->refc;
6854 }
6855
6856 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6857 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6858
6859 static void
6860 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6861 {
6862 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6863
6864 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6865 free_bp_location (*blp);
6866 *blp = NULL;
6867 }
6868
6869 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6870
6871 static void
6872 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6873 {
6874 struct breakpoint *b1;
6875
6876 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6877 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6878
6879 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6880 if (b1 == 0)
6881 breakpoint_chain = b;
6882 else
6883 {
6884 while (b1->next)
6885 b1 = b1->next;
6886 b1->next = b;
6887 }
6888 }
6889
6890 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6891
6892 static void
6893 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6894 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6895 enum bptype bptype,
6896 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6897 {
6898 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6899
6900 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6901
6902 b->ops = ops;
6903 b->type = bptype;
6904 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6905 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6906 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6907 b->thread = -1;
6908 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6909 b->next = 0;
6910 b->silent = 0;
6911 b->ignore_count = 0;
6912 b->commands = NULL;
6913 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6914 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6915 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6916 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6917 }
6918
6919 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6920 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6921
6922 static struct breakpoint *
6923 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6924 enum bptype bptype,
6925 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6926 {
6927 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6928
6929 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6930 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6931 return b;
6932 }
6933
6934 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6935 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6936 enough. */
6937
6938 static void
6939 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6940 {
6941 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6942
6943 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6944 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6945 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6946 {
6947 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6948 const char *function_name;
6949 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6950
6951 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6952 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6953
6954 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6955 {
6956 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6957
6958 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6959 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6960 &loc->requested_address))
6961 {
6962 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6963 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6964 loc->requested_address,
6965 b->type);
6966 }
6967 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6968 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6969 {
6970 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6971 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6972 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6973 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6974 breakpoint. */
6975 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6976 }
6977 }
6978
6979 if (function_name)
6980 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6981 }
6982 }
6983
6984 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6985 struct gdbarch *
6986 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6987 {
6988 if (sal.section)
6989 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6990 if (sal.symtab)
6991 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6992
6993 return NULL;
6994 }
6995
6996 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6997 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6998 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6999
7000 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7001 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7002 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7003
7004 static void
7005 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7006 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7007 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7008 {
7009 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7010
7011 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7012
7013 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7014 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7015
7016 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7017 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7018 program space. */
7019 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7020 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7021
7022 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7023 }
7024
7025 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7026 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7027 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7028 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7029 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7030 is also returned as the value of this function.
7031
7032 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7033 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7034 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7035 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7036 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7037 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7038 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7039
7040 struct breakpoint *
7041 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7042 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7043 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7044 {
7045 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7046
7047 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7048 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7049 return b;
7050 }
7051
7052
7053 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7054 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7055 void
7056 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7057 {
7058 struct bp_location *bl;
7059
7060 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7061
7062 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7063 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7064 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7065 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7066 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7067 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7068 bl->inserted = 1;
7069 }
7070
7071 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7072 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7073 initiated the operation. */
7074
7075 void
7076 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7077 {
7078 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7079 int thread = tp->num;
7080
7081 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7082 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7083 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7084 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7086 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7087 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7088 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7089 {
7090 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7091 struct breakpoint *clone;
7092
7093 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7094 after their removal. */
7095 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7096 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7097 clone->thread = thread;
7098 }
7099
7100 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7101 }
7102
7103 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7104 void
7105 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7106 {
7107 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7108
7109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7110 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7111 {
7112 if (b->thread == thread)
7113 delete_breakpoint (b);
7114 }
7115 }
7116
7117 void
7118 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7119 {
7120 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7121
7122 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7123 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7124 {
7125 if (b->thread == thread)
7126 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7127 }
7128 }
7129
7130 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7131 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7132 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7133 breakpoints. */
7134
7135 struct breakpoint *
7136 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7137 {
7138 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7139
7140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7141 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7142 {
7143 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7144
7145 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7146 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7147 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7148
7149 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7150
7151 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7152 if (retval == NULL)
7153 retval = new_b;
7154 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7155 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7156 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7157 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7158 }
7159
7160 return retval;
7161 }
7162
7163 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7164 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7165 stack.
7166
7167 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7168 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7169 frames. */
7170
7171 void
7172 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7173 {
7174 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7175
7176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7177 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7178 {
7179 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7180
7181 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7182 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7183 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7184 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7185 continue;
7186
7187 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7188
7189 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7190 {
7191 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7192 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7193 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7194 }
7195 delete_breakpoint (b);
7196 }
7197 }
7198
7199 void
7200 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7201 {
7202 struct breakpoint *b;
7203
7204 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7205 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7206 {
7207 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7208 update_global_location_list (1);
7209 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7210 }
7211 }
7212
7213 void
7214 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7215 {
7216 struct breakpoint *b;
7217
7218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7219 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7220 {
7221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7222 update_global_location_list (0);
7223 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7224 }
7225 }
7226
7227 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7228 master breakpoint. */
7229 void
7230 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7231 {
7232 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7233
7234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7235 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7236 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7237 {
7238 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7239 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7240 }
7241 }
7242
7243 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7244 void
7245 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7246 {
7247 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7248
7249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7250 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7251 delete_breakpoint (b);
7252 }
7253
7254 struct breakpoint *
7255 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7256 {
7257 struct breakpoint *b;
7258
7259 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7260 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7261
7262 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7263 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7264 b->addr_string
7265 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7266
7267 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7268
7269 return b;
7270 }
7271
7272 void
7273 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7274 {
7275 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7276
7277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7278 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7279 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7280 delete_breakpoint (b);
7281 }
7282
7283 struct lang_and_radix
7284 {
7285 enum language lang;
7286 int radix;
7287 };
7288
7289 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7290
7291 struct breakpoint *
7292 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7293 {
7294 struct breakpoint *b;
7295
7296 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7297 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7298 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7299 return b;
7300 }
7301
7302 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7303
7304 void
7305 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7306 {
7307 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7308
7309 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7310 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7311 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7312 delete_breakpoint (b);
7313 }
7314
7315 void
7316 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7317 {
7318 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7319
7320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7321 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7322 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7323 delete_breakpoint (b);
7324 }
7325
7326 struct breakpoint *
7327 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7328 {
7329 struct breakpoint *b;
7330
7331 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7332 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7333 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7334 return b;
7335 }
7336
7337 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7338 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7339
7340 void
7341 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7342 {
7343 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7344
7345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7346 {
7347 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7348 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7349
7350 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7351 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7352 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7353 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7354 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7355 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7356 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7357 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7358 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7359 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7360 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7361 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7362 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7363 #else
7364 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7365 #endif
7366 )
7367 {
7368 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7369 }
7370 }
7371 }
7372
7373 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7374 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7375 disabled. */
7376
7377 static void
7378 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7379 {
7380 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7381 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7382
7383 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7384 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7385 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7386 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7387 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7388 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7389 return;
7390
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7392 {
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7395
7396 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7397 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7398 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7399 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7400 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7401 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7402 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7403 || is_tracepoint (b))
7404 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7405 {
7406 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7407 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7408 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7409 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7410 loc->inserted = 0;
7411
7412 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7413 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7414
7415 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7416 {
7417 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7418 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7419 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7420 solib->so_name);
7421 }
7422 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7423 }
7424 }
7425 }
7426
7427 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7428
7429 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7430 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7431 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7432 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7433 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7434
7435 struct fork_catchpoint
7436 {
7437 /* The base class. */
7438 struct breakpoint base;
7439
7440 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7441 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7442 catchpoint has triggered. */
7443 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7444 };
7445
7446 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7447 catchpoints. */
7448
7449 static int
7450 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7451 {
7452 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7453 }
7454
7455 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7456 catchpoints. */
7457
7458 static int
7459 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7460 {
7461 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7462 }
7463
7464 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7465 catchpoints. */
7466
7467 static int
7468 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7469 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7470 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7471 {
7472 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7473
7474 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7475 return 0;
7476
7477 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7478 return 1;
7479 }
7480
7481 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7482 catchpoints. */
7483
7484 static enum print_stop_action
7485 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7486 {
7487 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7488 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7489 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7490
7491 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7492 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7493 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7494 else
7495 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7497 {
7498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7501 }
7502 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7503 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7504 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7505 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7506 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7507 }
7508
7509 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7510 catchpoints. */
7511
7512 static void
7513 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7514 {
7515 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7516 struct value_print_options opts;
7517 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7518
7519 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7520
7521 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7522 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7523 readable). */
7524 if (opts.addressprint)
7525 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7526 annotate_field (5);
7527 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7528 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7529 {
7530 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7531 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7532 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7533 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7534 }
7535 }
7536
7537 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7538 catchpoints. */
7539
7540 static void
7541 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7542 {
7543 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7544 }
7545
7546 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7547 catchpoints. */
7548
7549 static void
7550 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7551 {
7552 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7553 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7554 }
7555
7556 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7557
7558 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7559
7560 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7561 catchpoints. */
7562
7563 static int
7564 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7565 {
7566 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7567 }
7568
7569 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7570 catchpoints. */
7571
7572 static int
7573 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7574 {
7575 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7576 }
7577
7578 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7579 catchpoints. */
7580
7581 static int
7582 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7583 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7584 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7585 {
7586 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7587
7588 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7589 return 0;
7590
7591 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7592 return 1;
7593 }
7594
7595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7596 catchpoints. */
7597
7598 static enum print_stop_action
7599 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7600 {
7601 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7602 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7603 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7604
7605 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7606 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7607 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7608 else
7609 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7610 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7611 {
7612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7613 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7615 }
7616 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7617 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7618 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7619 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7620 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7621 }
7622
7623 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7624 catchpoints. */
7625
7626 static void
7627 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7628 {
7629 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7630 struct value_print_options opts;
7631 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7632
7633 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7634 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7635 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7636 readable). */
7637 if (opts.addressprint)
7638 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7639 annotate_field (5);
7640 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7641 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7642 {
7643 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7644 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7645 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7647 }
7648 }
7649
7650 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7651 catchpoints. */
7652
7653 static void
7654 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7655 {
7656 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7657 }
7658
7659 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7660 catchpoints. */
7661
7662 static void
7663 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7664 {
7665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7666 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7667 }
7668
7669 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7670
7671 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7672
7673 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7674 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7675 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7676 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7677 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7678
7679 struct solib_catchpoint
7680 {
7681 /* The base class. */
7682 struct breakpoint base;
7683
7684 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7685 unsigned char is_load;
7686
7687 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7688 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7689 char *regex;
7690 regex_t compiled;
7691 };
7692
7693 static void
7694 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7695 {
7696 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7697
7698 if (self->regex)
7699 regfree (&self->compiled);
7700 xfree (self->regex);
7701
7702 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7703 }
7704
7705 static int
7706 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7707 {
7708 return 0;
7709 }
7710
7711 static int
7712 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7713 {
7714 return 0;
7715 }
7716
7717 static int
7718 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7719 struct address_space *aspace,
7720 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7721 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7722 {
7723 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7724 struct breakpoint *other;
7725
7726 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7727 return 1;
7728
7729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7730 {
7731 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7732
7733 if (other == bl->owner)
7734 continue;
7735
7736 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7737 continue;
7738
7739 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7740 continue;
7741
7742 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7743 {
7744 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7745 return 1;
7746 }
7747 }
7748
7749 return 0;
7750 }
7751
7752 static void
7753 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7754 {
7755 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7756 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7757 int ix;
7758
7759 if (self->is_load)
7760 {
7761 struct so_list *iter;
7762
7763 for (ix = 0;
7764 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7765 ix, iter);
7766 ++ix)
7767 {
7768 if (!self->regex
7769 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7770 return;
7771 }
7772 }
7773 else
7774 {
7775 char *iter;
7776
7777 for (ix = 0;
7778 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7779 ix, iter);
7780 ++ix)
7781 {
7782 if (!self->regex
7783 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7784 return;
7785 }
7786 }
7787
7788 bs->stop = 0;
7789 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7790 }
7791
7792 static enum print_stop_action
7793 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7794 {
7795 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7796 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7797
7798 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7799 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7800 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7801 else
7802 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7803 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7804 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7806 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7807 print_solib_event (1);
7808 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7809 }
7810
7811 static void
7812 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7813 {
7814 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7815 struct value_print_options opts;
7816 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7817 char *msg;
7818
7819 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7820 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7821 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7822 readable). */
7823 if (opts.addressprint)
7824 {
7825 annotate_field (4);
7826 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7827 }
7828
7829 annotate_field (5);
7830 if (self->is_load)
7831 {
7832 if (self->regex)
7833 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7834 else
7835 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7836 }
7837 else
7838 {
7839 if (self->regex)
7840 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7841 else
7842 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7843 }
7844 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7845 xfree (msg);
7846 }
7847
7848 static void
7849 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7850 {
7851 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7852
7853 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7854 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7855 }
7856
7857 static void
7858 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7859 {
7860 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7861
7862 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7863 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7864 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7865 if (self->regex)
7866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7868 }
7869
7870 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7871
7872 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7873 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7874 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7875 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7876 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7877 created in an enabled state. */
7878
7879 void
7880 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7881 {
7882 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7883 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7884 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7885
7886 if (!arg)
7887 arg = "";
7888 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7889
7890 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7891 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7892
7893 if (*arg != '\0')
7894 {
7895 int errcode;
7896
7897 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7898 if (errcode != 0)
7899 {
7900 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7901
7902 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7903 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7904 }
7905 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7906 }
7907
7908 c->is_load = is_load;
7909 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7910 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7911
7912 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7913
7914 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7915 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7916 }
7917
7918 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7919 "catch unload". */
7920
7921 static void
7922 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7923 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7924 {
7925 int tempflag;
7926 const int enabled = 1;
7927
7928 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7929
7930 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7931 }
7932
7933 static void
7934 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7935 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7936 {
7937 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7938 }
7939
7940 static void
7941 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7942 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7943 {
7944 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7945 }
7946
7947 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7948
7949 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7950 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7951 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7952 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7953 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7954
7955 struct syscall_catchpoint
7956 {
7957 /* The base class. */
7958 struct breakpoint base;
7959
7960 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7961 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7962 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7963 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7964 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7965 };
7966
7967 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7968 catchpoints. */
7969
7970 static void
7971 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7972 {
7973 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7974
7975 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7976
7977 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7978 }
7979
7980 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7981
7982 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7983 {
7984 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7985 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7986 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7987
7988 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7989 int any_syscall_count;
7990
7991 /* Count of each system call. */
7992 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7993
7994 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7995 if any catching is necessary. */
7996 int total_syscalls_count;
7997 };
7998
7999 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8000 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8001 {
8002 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8003
8004 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8005 if (inf_data == NULL)
8006 {
8007 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8008 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8009 }
8010
8011 return inf_data;
8012 }
8013
8014 static void
8015 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8016 {
8017 xfree (arg);
8018 }
8019
8020
8021 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8022 catchpoints. */
8023
8024 static int
8025 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8026 {
8027 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8028 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8029 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8030 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8031
8032 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8033 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8034 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8035 else
8036 {
8037 int i, iter;
8038
8039 for (i = 0;
8040 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8041 i++)
8042 {
8043 int elem;
8044
8045 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8046 {
8047 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8048 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8049 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8050 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8051 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8052 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8053 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8054 + vec_addr_offset);
8055 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8056 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8057 }
8058 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8059 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8060 }
8061 }
8062
8063 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8064 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8065 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8066 VEC_length (int,
8067 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8068 VEC_address (int,
8069 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8070 }
8071
8072 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8073 catchpoints. */
8074
8075 static int
8076 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8077 {
8078 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8079 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8080 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8081 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8082
8083 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8084 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8085 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8086 else
8087 {
8088 int i, iter;
8089
8090 for (i = 0;
8091 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8092 i++)
8093 {
8094 int elem;
8095 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8096 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8097 continue;
8098 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8099 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8100 }
8101 }
8102
8103 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8104 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8105 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8106 VEC_length (int,
8107 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8108 VEC_address (int,
8109 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8110 }
8111
8112 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8113 catchpoints. */
8114
8115 static int
8116 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8117 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8118 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8119 {
8120 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8121 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8122 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8123 int syscall_number = 0;
8124 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8125 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8126
8127 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8128 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8129 return 0;
8130
8131 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8132
8133 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8134 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8135 {
8136 int i, iter;
8137
8138 for (i = 0;
8139 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8140 i++)
8141 if (syscall_number == iter)
8142 break;
8143 /* Not the same. */
8144 if (!iter)
8145 return 0;
8146 }
8147
8148 return 1;
8149 }
8150
8151 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8152 catchpoints. */
8153
8154 static enum print_stop_action
8155 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8156 {
8157 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8158 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8159 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8160 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8161 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8162 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8163 ptid_t ptid;
8164 struct target_waitstatus last;
8165 struct syscall s;
8166
8167 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8168
8169 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8170
8171 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8172
8173 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8175 else
8176 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8178 {
8179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8180 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8181 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8182 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8183 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8184 }
8185 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8186
8187 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8188 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8189 else
8190 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8191
8192 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8193 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8194 if (s.name != NULL)
8195 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8196
8197 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8198
8199 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8200 }
8201
8202 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8203 catchpoints. */
8204
8205 static void
8206 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8207 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8208 {
8209 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8210 struct value_print_options opts;
8211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8212
8213 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8214 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8215 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8216 readable). */
8217 if (opts.addressprint)
8218 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8219 annotate_field (5);
8220
8221 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8222 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8223 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8224 else
8225 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8226
8227 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8228 {
8229 int i, iter;
8230 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8231
8232 for (i = 0;
8233 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8234 i++)
8235 {
8236 char *x = text;
8237 struct syscall s;
8238 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8239
8240 if (s.name != NULL)
8241 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8242 else
8243 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8244
8245 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8246 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8247 on every call. */
8248 xfree (x);
8249 }
8250 /* Remove the last comma. */
8251 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8253 }
8254 else
8255 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8256 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8257 }
8258
8259 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8260 catchpoints. */
8261
8262 static void
8263 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8264 {
8265 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8266
8267 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8268 {
8269 int i, iter;
8270
8271 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8272 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8273 else
8274 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8275
8276 for (i = 0;
8277 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8278 i++)
8279 {
8280 struct syscall s;
8281 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8282
8283 if (s.name)
8284 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8285 else
8286 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8287 }
8288 printf_filtered (")");
8289 }
8290 else
8291 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8292 b->number);
8293 }
8294
8295 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8296 catchpoints. */
8297
8298 static void
8299 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8300 {
8301 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8302
8303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8304
8305 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8306 {
8307 int i, iter;
8308
8309 for (i = 0;
8310 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8311 i++)
8312 {
8313 struct syscall s;
8314
8315 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8316 if (s.name)
8317 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8318 else
8319 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8320 }
8321 }
8322 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8323 }
8324
8325 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8326
8327 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8328
8329 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8330
8331 static int
8332 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8333 {
8334 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8335 }
8336
8337 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8338 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8339 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8340 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8341
8342 static void
8343 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8344 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8345 char *cond_string,
8346 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8347 {
8348 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8349
8350 init_sal (&sal);
8351 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8352
8353 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8354
8355 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8356 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8357 }
8358
8359 void
8360 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8361 {
8362 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8363 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8364 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8365 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8366 if (!internal)
8367 mention (b);
8368 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8369
8370 if (update_gll)
8371 update_global_location_list (1);
8372 }
8373
8374 static void
8375 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8376 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8377 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8378 {
8379 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8380
8381 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8382
8383 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8384
8385 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8386 }
8387
8388 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8389
8390 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8391 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8392 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8393 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8394 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8395
8396 struct exec_catchpoint
8397 {
8398 /* The base class. */
8399 struct breakpoint base;
8400
8401 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8402 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8403 triggered. */
8404 char *exec_pathname;
8405 };
8406
8407 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8408 catchpoints. */
8409
8410 static void
8411 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8412 {
8413 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8414
8415 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8416
8417 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8418 }
8419
8420 static int
8421 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8422 {
8423 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8424 }
8425
8426 static int
8427 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8428 {
8429 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8430 }
8431
8432 static int
8433 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8434 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8435 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8436 {
8437 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8438
8439 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8440 return 0;
8441
8442 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8443 return 1;
8444 }
8445
8446 static enum print_stop_action
8447 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8448 {
8449 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8450 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8451 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8452
8453 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8454 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8456 else
8457 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8459 {
8460 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8462 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8463 }
8464 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8465 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8466 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8467 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8468
8469 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8470 }
8471
8472 static void
8473 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8474 {
8475 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8476 struct value_print_options opts;
8477 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8478
8479 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8480
8481 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8482 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8483 is relatively readable). */
8484 if (opts.addressprint)
8485 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8486 annotate_field (5);
8487 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8488 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8489 {
8490 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8491 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8492 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8493 }
8494 }
8495
8496 static void
8497 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8498 {
8499 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8500 }
8501
8502 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8503 catchpoints. */
8504
8505 static void
8506 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8507 {
8508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8509 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8510 }
8511
8512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8513
8514 static void
8515 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8516 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8517 {
8518 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8519 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8520
8521 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8522 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8523 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8524
8525 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8526 }
8527
8528 static int
8529 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8530 {
8531 int i = 0;
8532 struct breakpoint *b;
8533 struct bp_location *bl;
8534
8535 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8536 {
8537 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8538 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8539 {
8540 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8541 one register. */
8542 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8543 }
8544 }
8545
8546 return i;
8547 }
8548
8549 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8550 watchpoint. */
8551
8552 static int
8553 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8554 {
8555 int i = 0;
8556 struct bp_location *bl;
8557
8558 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8559 return 0;
8560
8561 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8562 {
8563 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8564 one register. */
8565 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8566 }
8567
8568 return i;
8569 }
8570
8571 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8572 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8573 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8574 types _not_ TYPE. */
8575
8576 static int
8577 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8578 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8579 {
8580 int i = 0;
8581 struct breakpoint *b;
8582
8583 *other_type_used = 0;
8584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8585 {
8586 if (b == except)
8587 continue;
8588 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8589 continue;
8590
8591 if (b->type == type)
8592 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8593 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8594 *other_type_used = 1;
8595 }
8596
8597 return i;
8598 }
8599
8600 void
8601 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8602 {
8603 struct breakpoint *b;
8604
8605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8606 {
8607 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8608 {
8609 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8610 update_global_location_list (0);
8611 }
8612 }
8613 }
8614
8615 void
8616 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8617 {
8618 struct breakpoint *b;
8619
8620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8621 {
8622 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8623 {
8624 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8625 update_global_location_list (1);
8626 }
8627 }
8628 }
8629
8630 void
8631 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8632 {
8633 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8634 update_global_location_list (0);
8635 }
8636
8637 void
8638 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8639 {
8640 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8641 breakpoint_re_set ();
8642 }
8643
8644
8645 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8646 at address specified by SAL.
8647 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8648
8649 struct breakpoint *
8650 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8651 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8652 {
8653 struct breakpoint *b;
8654
8655 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8656 tail-called one. */
8657 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8658
8659 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8660 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8661 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8662 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8663
8664 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8665 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8666 control. */
8667 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8668 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8669
8670 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8671
8672 return b;
8673 }
8674
8675 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8676 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8677 breakpoint_ops. */
8678
8679 static struct breakpoint *
8680 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8681 enum bptype type,
8682 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8683 {
8684 struct breakpoint *copy;
8685
8686 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8687 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8688 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8689
8690 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8691 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8692 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8693 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8694 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8695 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8696
8697 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8698 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8699
8700 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8701 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8702 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8703 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8704
8705 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8706 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8707 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8708
8709 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8710 return copy;
8711 }
8712
8713 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8714 ORIG is NULL. */
8715
8716 struct breakpoint *
8717 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8718 {
8719 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8720 if (orig == NULL)
8721 return NULL;
8722
8723 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8724 }
8725
8726 struct breakpoint *
8727 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8728 enum bptype type)
8729 {
8730 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8731
8732 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8733 sal.pc = pc;
8734 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8735 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8736
8737 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8738 }
8739 \f
8740
8741 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8742
8743 static void
8744 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8745 {
8746 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8747 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8748 return;
8749 printf_filtered ("\n");
8750 }
8751 \f
8752
8753 static struct bp_location *
8754 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8755 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8756 {
8757 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8758 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8759 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8760
8761 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8762 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8763
8764 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8765 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8766 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8767 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8768 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8769 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8770 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8771 sal->pc, b->type);
8772
8773 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8774 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8775 ;
8776 *tmp = loc;
8777
8778 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8779 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8780 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8781 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8782 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8783 loc->section = sal->section;
8784 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8785
8786 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8787 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8788 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8789
8790 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8791 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8792 return loc;
8793 }
8794 \f
8795
8796 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8797 return 0 otherwise. */
8798
8799 static int
8800 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8801 {
8802 int len;
8803 CORE_ADDR addr;
8804 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8805 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8806 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8807 int retval = 0;
8808
8809 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8810
8811 addr = loc->address;
8812 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8813
8814 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8815 if (bpoint == NULL)
8816 return 0;
8817
8818 target_mem = alloca (len);
8819
8820 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8821 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8822 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8823 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8824
8825 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8826 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8827
8828 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8829 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8830 retval = 1;
8831
8832 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8833
8834 return retval;
8835 }
8836
8837 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8838 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8839
8840 static void
8841 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8842 {
8843 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8844 char *printf_line = NULL;
8845
8846 if (!dprintf_args)
8847 return;
8848
8849 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8850
8851 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8852 insist on it. */
8853 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8854 ++dprintf_args;
8855 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8856
8857 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8858 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8859
8860 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8861 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8862 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8863 {
8864 if (!dprintf_function)
8865 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8866
8867 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8868 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8869 dprintf_function,
8870 dprintf_channel,
8871 dprintf_args);
8872 else
8873 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8874 dprintf_function,
8875 dprintf_args);
8876 }
8877 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8878 {
8879 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8880 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8881 else
8882 {
8883 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8884 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8885 }
8886 }
8887 else
8888 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8889 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8890
8891 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8892 if (printf_line)
8893 {
8894 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8895
8896 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8897 {
8898 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8899 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8900 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8901 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8902 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8903 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8904 }
8905
8906 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8907 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8908 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8909 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8910 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8911 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8912
8913 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8914 }
8915 }
8916
8917 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8918 current style settings. */
8919
8920 static void
8921 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8922 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8923 {
8924 struct breakpoint *b;
8925
8926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8927 {
8928 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8929 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8930 }
8931 }
8932
8933 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8934 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8935 as condition expression. */
8936
8937 static void
8938 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8939 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8940 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8941 char *extra_string,
8942 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8943 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8944 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8945 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8946 int display_canonical)
8947 {
8948 int i;
8949
8950 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8951 {
8952 int target_resources_ok;
8953
8954 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8955 target_resources_ok =
8956 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8957 i + 1, 0);
8958 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8959 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8960 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8961 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8962 }
8963
8964 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8965
8966 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8967 {
8968 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8969 struct bp_location *loc;
8970
8971 if (from_tty)
8972 {
8973 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8974 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8975 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8976
8977 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8978 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8979 }
8980
8981 if (i == 0)
8982 {
8983 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8984 b->thread = thread;
8985 b->task = task;
8986
8987 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8988 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8989 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8990 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8991 b->disposition = disposition;
8992
8993 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8994 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8995
8996 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8997 {
8998 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8999 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9000
9001 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9002 {
9003 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9004 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9005 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9006 char *endp;
9007 char *marker_str;
9008
9009 p = skip_spaces (p);
9010
9011 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9012
9013 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9014 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9015
9016 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9017 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9018 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9019 }
9020 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9021 {
9022 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9023 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9024
9025 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9026 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9027 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9028 }
9029 else
9030 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9031 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9032 }
9033
9034 loc = b->loc;
9035 }
9036 else
9037 {
9038 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9039 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9040 loc->inserted = 1;
9041 }
9042
9043 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9044 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9045
9046 if (b->cond_string)
9047 {
9048 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9049 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9050 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9051 if (*arg)
9052 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9053 }
9054
9055 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9056 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9057 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9058 {
9059 if (b->extra_string)
9060 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9061 else
9062 error (_("Format string required"));
9063 }
9064 else if (b->extra_string)
9065 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9066 }
9067
9068 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9069 if (addr_string)
9070 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9071 else
9072 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9073 me. */
9074 b->addr_string
9075 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9076 b->filter = filter;
9077 }
9078
9079 static void
9080 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9081 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9082 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9083 char *extra_string,
9084 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9085 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9086 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9087 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9088 int display_canonical)
9089 {
9090 struct breakpoint *b;
9091 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9092
9093 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9094 {
9095 struct tracepoint *t;
9096
9097 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9098 b = &t->base;
9099 }
9100 else
9101 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9102
9103 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9104
9105 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9106 sals, addr_string,
9107 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9108 type, disposition,
9109 thread, task, ignore_count,
9110 ops, from_tty,
9111 enabled, internal, flags,
9112 display_canonical);
9113 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9114
9115 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9116 }
9117
9118 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9119 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9120 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9121 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9122 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9123 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9124 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9125 we take just a single condition string.
9126
9127 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9128 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9129 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9130 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9131 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9132
9133 static void
9134 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9135 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9136 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9137 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9138 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9139 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9140 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9141 {
9142 int i;
9143 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9144
9145 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9146 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9147
9148 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9149 {
9150 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9151 'break', without arguments. */
9152 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9153 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9154 : NULL);
9155 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9156 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9157
9158 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9159 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9160 addr_string,
9161 filter_string,
9162 cond_string, extra_string,
9163 type, disposition,
9164 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9165 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9166 canonical->special_display);
9167 discard_cleanups (inner);
9168 }
9169 }
9170
9171 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9172 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9173 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9174 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9175
9176 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9177 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9178
9179 static void
9180 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9181 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9182 {
9183 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9184 breakpoint. */
9185 if ((*address) == NULL
9186 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9187 {
9188 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9189 address. */
9190 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9191 {
9192 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9193 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9194 CORE_ADDR pc;
9195
9196 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9197 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9198 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9199
9200 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9201 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9202 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9203 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9204 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9205 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9206 pc = sal.pc;
9207 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9208
9209 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9210 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9211 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9212 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9213 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9214 sal.pc = pc;
9215 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9216
9217 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9218 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9219 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9220
9221 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9222 }
9223 else
9224 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9225 }
9226 else
9227 {
9228 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9229
9230 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9231 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9232 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9233 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9234
9235 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9236 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9237 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9238 && (!cursal.symtab
9239 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9240 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9241 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9242 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9243 get_last_displayed_line (),
9244 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9245 else
9246 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9247 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9248 }
9249 }
9250
9251
9252 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9253 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9254
9255 static void
9256 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9257 {
9258 int i;
9259
9260 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9261 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9262 }
9263
9264 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9265 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9266 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9267 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9268 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9269 it, etc. */
9270
9271 static void
9272 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9273 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9274 {
9275 int i, rslt;
9276 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9277 char *msg;
9278 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9279
9280 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9281 {
9282 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9283
9284 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9285
9286 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9287 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9288 associated with SAL. */
9289 if (sarch == NULL)
9290 sarch = gdbarch;
9291 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9292 NULL, &msg);
9293 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9294
9295 if (!rslt)
9296 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9297 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9298
9299 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9300 }
9301 }
9302
9303 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9304
9305 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9306 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9307 {
9308 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9309 }
9310
9311 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9312 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9313 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9314 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9315 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9316 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9317
9318 static void
9319 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9320 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9321 char **rest)
9322 {
9323 *cond_string = NULL;
9324 *thread = -1;
9325 *task = 0;
9326 *rest = NULL;
9327
9328 while (tok && *tok)
9329 {
9330 char *end_tok;
9331 int toklen;
9332 char *cond_start = NULL;
9333 char *cond_end = NULL;
9334
9335 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9336
9337 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9338 {
9339 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9340 return;
9341 }
9342
9343 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9344
9345 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9346
9347 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9348 {
9349 struct expression *expr;
9350
9351 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9352 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9353 xfree (expr);
9354 cond_end = tok;
9355 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9356 }
9357 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9358 {
9359 char *tmptok;
9360
9361 tok = end_tok + 1;
9362 tmptok = tok;
9363 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9364 if (tok == tmptok)
9365 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9366 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9367 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9368 }
9369 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9370 {
9371 char *tmptok;
9372
9373 tok = end_tok + 1;
9374 tmptok = tok;
9375 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9376 if (tok == tmptok)
9377 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9378 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9379 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9380 }
9381 else if (rest)
9382 {
9383 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9384 return;
9385 }
9386 else
9387 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9388 }
9389 }
9390
9391 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9392
9393 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9394 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9395 {
9396 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9397 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9398 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9399 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9400 char *endp;
9401 char *marker_str;
9402 int i;
9403
9404 p = skip_spaces (p);
9405
9406 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9407
9408 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9409 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9410
9411 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9412 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9413 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9414
9415 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9416 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9417
9418 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9419 {
9420 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9421
9422 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9423
9424 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9425
9426 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9427 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9428
9429 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9430 }
9431
9432 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9433
9434 *arg_p = endp;
9435 return sals;
9436 }
9437
9438 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9439 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9440 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9441 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9442 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9443 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9444 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9445 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9446 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9447 false otherwise. */
9448
9449 int
9450 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9451 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9452 int thread, char *extra_string,
9453 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9454 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9455 int ignore_count,
9456 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9457 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9458 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9459 unsigned flags)
9460 {
9461 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9462 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9463 char *addr_start = arg;
9464 struct linespec_result canonical;
9465 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9466 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9467 int pending = 0;
9468 int task = 0;
9469 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9470
9471 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9472
9473 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9474
9475 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9476 {
9477 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9478 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9479 }
9480
9481 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9482 switch (e.reason)
9483 {
9484 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9485 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9486 return 0;
9487 break;
9488 case RETURN_ERROR:
9489 switch (e.error)
9490 {
9491 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9492
9493 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9494 error. */
9495
9496 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9497 throw_exception (e);
9498
9499 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9500
9501 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9502 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9503 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9504 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9505 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9506 return 0;
9507
9508 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9509 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9510 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9511 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9512 {
9513 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9514
9515 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9516 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9517 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9518 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9519 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9520 pending = 1;
9521 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9522 }
9523 break;
9524 default:
9525 throw_exception (e);
9526 }
9527 break;
9528 default:
9529 throw_exception (e);
9530 }
9531
9532 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9533 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9534
9535 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9536 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9537 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9538 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9539 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9540
9541 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9542 are ok for the target. */
9543 if (!pending)
9544 {
9545 int ix;
9546 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9547
9548 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9549 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9550 }
9551
9552 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9553 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9554 {
9555 int ix;
9556 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9557
9558 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9559 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9560 }
9561
9562 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9563 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9564 breakpoint. */
9565 if (!pending)
9566 {
9567 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9568
9569 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9570
9571 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9572 {
9573 char *rest;
9574 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9575 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9576 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9577 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9578
9579 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9580 &thread, &task, &rest);
9581 if (cond_string)
9582 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9583 if (rest)
9584 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9585 if (rest)
9586 extra_string = rest;
9587 }
9588 else
9589 {
9590 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9591 if (cond_string)
9592 {
9593 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9594 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9595 }
9596 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9597 if (extra_string)
9598 {
9599 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9600 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9601 }
9602 }
9603
9604 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9605 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9606 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9607 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9608 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9609 }
9610 else
9611 {
9612 struct breakpoint *b;
9613
9614 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9615
9616 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9617 {
9618 struct tracepoint *t;
9619
9620 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9621 b = &t->base;
9622 }
9623 else
9624 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9625
9626 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9627
9628 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9629 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9630 b->cond_string = NULL;
9631 else
9632 {
9633 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9634 if (cond_string)
9635 {
9636 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9637 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9638 }
9639 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9640 }
9641 b->extra_string = NULL;
9642 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9643 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9644 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9645 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9646 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9647 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9648 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9649
9650 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9651 }
9652
9653 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9654 {
9655 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9656 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9657 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9658 }
9659
9660 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9661 breakpoint. */
9662 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9663 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9664 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9665
9666 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9667 update_global_location_list (1);
9668
9669 return 1;
9670 }
9671
9672 /* Set a breakpoint.
9673 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9674 condition, and thread.
9675 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9676 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9677 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9678
9679 static void
9680 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9681 {
9682 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9683 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9684 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9685 : bp_breakpoint);
9686 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9687 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9688
9689 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9690 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9691 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9692 else
9693 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9694
9695 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9696 arg,
9697 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9698 tempflag, type_wanted,
9699 0 /* Ignore count */,
9700 pending_break_support,
9701 ops,
9702 from_tty,
9703 1 /* enabled */,
9704 0 /* internal */,
9705 0);
9706 }
9707
9708 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9709
9710 void
9711 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9712 {
9713 CORE_ADDR pc;
9714
9715 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9716 {
9717 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9718 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9719 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9720 sal->pc = pc;
9721
9722 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9723 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9724 if (sal->explicit_line)
9725 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9726 }
9727
9728 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9729 {
9730 struct blockvector *bv;
9731 struct block *b;
9732 struct symbol *sym;
9733
9734 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9735 if (bv != NULL)
9736 {
9737 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9738 if (sym != NULL)
9739 {
9740 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9741 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9742 }
9743 else
9744 {
9745 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9746 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9747 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9748 happen in assembly source). */
9749
9750 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9751 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9752
9753 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9754
9755 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9756 if (msym)
9757 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9758
9759 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9760 }
9761 }
9762 }
9763 }
9764
9765 void
9766 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9767 {
9768 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9769 }
9770
9771 void
9772 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9773 {
9774 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9775 }
9776
9777 static void
9778 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9779 {
9780 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9781 }
9782
9783 static void
9784 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9785 {
9786 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9787 }
9788
9789 static void
9790 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9791 {
9792 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9793 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9794 stop at <line>\n"));
9795 }
9796
9797 static void
9798 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9799 {
9800 int badInput = 0;
9801
9802 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9803 badInput = 1;
9804 else if (*arg != '*')
9805 {
9806 char *argptr = arg;
9807 int hasColon = 0;
9808
9809 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9810 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9811 function/method name. */
9812 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9813 {
9814 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9815 argptr++;
9816 }
9817
9818 if (hasColon)
9819 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9820 else
9821 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9822 }
9823
9824 if (badInput)
9825 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9826 else
9827 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9828 }
9829
9830 static void
9831 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9832 {
9833 int badInput = 0;
9834
9835 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9836 badInput = 1;
9837 else
9838 {
9839 char *argptr = arg;
9840 int hasColon = 0;
9841
9842 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9843 it is probably a line number. */
9844 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9845 {
9846 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9847 argptr++;
9848 }
9849
9850 if (hasColon)
9851 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9852 else
9853 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9854 }
9855
9856 if (badInput)
9857 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9858 else
9859 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9860 }
9861
9862 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9863
9864 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9865 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9866 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9867 line. */
9868
9869 void
9870 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9871 {
9872 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9873 arg,
9874 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9875 0, bp_dprintf,
9876 0 /* Ignore count */,
9877 pending_break_support,
9878 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9879 from_tty,
9880 1 /* enabled */,
9881 0 /* internal */,
9882 0);
9883 }
9884
9885 static void
9886 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9887 {
9888 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9889 }
9890
9891 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9892 ranged breakpoints. */
9893
9894 static int
9895 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9896 struct address_space *aspace,
9897 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9898 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9899 {
9900 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9901 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9902 return 0;
9903
9904 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9905 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9906 }
9907
9908 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9909 ranged breakpoints. */
9910
9911 static int
9912 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9913 {
9914 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9915 }
9916
9917 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9918 ranged breakpoints. */
9919
9920 static enum print_stop_action
9921 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9922 {
9923 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9924 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9925 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9926
9927 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9928
9929 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9930 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9931
9932 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9933 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9934 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9935 else
9936 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9937 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9938 {
9939 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9940 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9941 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9942 }
9943 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9944 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9945
9946 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9947 }
9948
9949 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9950 ranged breakpoints. */
9951
9952 static void
9953 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9954 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9955 {
9956 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9957 struct value_print_options opts;
9958 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9959
9960 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9961 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9962
9963 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9964
9965 if (opts.addressprint)
9966 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9967 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9968 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9969 annotate_field (5);
9970 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9971 *last_loc = bl;
9972 }
9973
9974 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9975 ranged breakpoints. */
9976
9977 static void
9978 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9979 struct ui_out *uiout)
9980 {
9981 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9982 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9983 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9984 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9985
9986 gdb_assert (bl);
9987
9988 address_start = bl->address;
9989 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9990
9991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9992 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9993 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9994 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9997
9998 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9999 }
10000
10001 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10002 ranged breakpoints. */
10003
10004 static void
10005 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10006 {
10007 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10008 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10009
10010 gdb_assert (bl);
10011 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10012
10013 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10014 return;
10015
10016 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10017 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10018 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10019 }
10020
10021 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10022 ranged breakpoints. */
10023
10024 static void
10025 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10026 {
10027 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10028 b->addr_string_range_end);
10029 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10030 }
10031
10032 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10033
10034 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10035
10036 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10037 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10038 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10039 last instruction of the given line. */
10040
10041 static CORE_ADDR
10042 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10043 {
10044 CORE_ADDR end;
10045
10046 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10047 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10048 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10049 end = sal.pc;
10050 else
10051 {
10052 int ret;
10053 CORE_ADDR start;
10054
10055 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10056 if (!ret)
10057 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10058
10059 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10060 end--;
10061 }
10062
10063 return end;
10064 }
10065
10066 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10067
10068 static void
10069 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10070 {
10071 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10072 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10073 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10074 CORE_ADDR end;
10075 struct breakpoint *b;
10076 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10077 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10078 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10079
10080 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10081 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10082 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10083
10084 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10085 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10086 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10087 bp_count, 0);
10088 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10089 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10090
10091 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10092 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10093 error(_("No address range specified."));
10094
10095 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10096
10097 arg_start = arg;
10098 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10099
10100 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10101
10102 if (arg[0] != ',')
10103 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10104 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10105 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10106
10107 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10108
10109 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10110 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10111 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10112
10113 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10114 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10115 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10116
10117 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10118 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10119
10120 /* Parse the end location. */
10121
10122 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10123 arg_start = arg;
10124
10125 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10126 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10127 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10128 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10129 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10130 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10131 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10132 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10133
10134 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10135
10136 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10137 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10138
10139 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10140 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10141 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10142 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10143
10144 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10145 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10146 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10147
10148 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10149 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10150 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10151
10152 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10153 if (length < 0)
10154 /* Length overflowed. */
10155 error (_("Address range too large."));
10156 else if (length == 1)
10157 {
10158 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10159 the `hbreak' command. */
10160 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10161
10162 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10163
10164 return;
10165 }
10166
10167 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10168 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10169 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10170 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10171 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10172 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10173 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10174 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10175 b->loc->length = length;
10176
10177 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10178
10179 mention (b);
10180 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10181 update_global_location_list (1);
10182 }
10183
10184 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10185 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10186 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10187 zero. */
10188
10189 static int
10190 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10191 {
10192 int i = exp->nelts;
10193
10194 while (i > 0)
10195 {
10196 int oplenp, argsp;
10197
10198 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10199 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10200 i -= oplenp;
10201
10202 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10203 {
10204 case BINOP_ADD:
10205 case BINOP_SUB:
10206 case BINOP_MUL:
10207 case BINOP_DIV:
10208 case BINOP_REM:
10209 case BINOP_MOD:
10210 case BINOP_LSH:
10211 case BINOP_RSH:
10212 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10213 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10214 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10215 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10216 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10217 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10218 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10219 case BINOP_LESS:
10220 case BINOP_GTR:
10221 case BINOP_LEQ:
10222 case BINOP_GEQ:
10223 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10224 case BINOP_COMMA:
10225 case BINOP_EXP:
10226 case BINOP_MIN:
10227 case BINOP_MAX:
10228 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10229 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10230 case BINOP_IN:
10231 case BINOP_RANGE:
10232 case TERNOP_COND:
10233 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10234
10235 case OP_LONG:
10236 case OP_DOUBLE:
10237 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10238 case OP_LAST:
10239 case OP_COMPLEX:
10240 case OP_STRING:
10241 case OP_ARRAY:
10242 case OP_TYPE:
10243 case OP_TYPEOF:
10244 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10245 case OP_NAME:
10246 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10247
10248 case UNOP_NEG:
10249 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10250 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10251 case UNOP_ADDR:
10252 case UNOP_HIGH:
10253 case UNOP_CAST:
10254
10255 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10256 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10257 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10258 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10259 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10260 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10261 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10262
10263 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10264 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10265 ADDR is. */
10266 break;
10267
10268 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10269 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10270
10271 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10272 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10273 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10274 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10275
10276 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10277 are always constant. */
10278 {
10279 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10280
10281 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10282 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10283 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10284 return 0;
10285 break;
10286 }
10287
10288 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10289 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10290 then it is not a constant. */
10291 default:
10292 return 0;
10293 }
10294 }
10295
10296 return 1;
10297 }
10298
10299 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10300
10301 static void
10302 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10303 {
10304 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10305
10306 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10307 xfree (w->exp);
10308 xfree (w->exp_string);
10309 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10310 value_free (w->val);
10311
10312 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10313 }
10314
10315 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10316
10317 static void
10318 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10319 {
10320 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10321
10322 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10323 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10324
10325 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10326 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10327 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10328 are loaded and unloaded.
10329
10330 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10331 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10332 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10333 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10334 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10335 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10336
10337 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10338 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10339 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10340 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10341
10342 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10343 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10344
10345 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10346 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10347 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10348 }
10349
10350 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10351
10352 static int
10353 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10354 {
10355 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10356 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10357
10358 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10359 w->cond_exp);
10360 }
10361
10362 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10363
10364 static int
10365 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10366 {
10367 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10368 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10369
10370 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10371 w->cond_exp);
10372 }
10373
10374 static int
10375 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10376 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10377 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10378 {
10379 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10380 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10381
10382 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10383 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10384 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10385 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10386 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10387 (did not match the data address). */
10388 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10389 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10390 return 0;
10391
10392 return 1;
10393 }
10394
10395 static void
10396 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10397 {
10398 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10399
10400 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10401 }
10402
10403 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10404 hardware watchpoints. */
10405
10406 static int
10407 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10408 {
10409 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10410 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10411
10412 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10413 }
10414
10415 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10416 hardware watchpoints. */
10417
10418 static int
10419 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10420 {
10421 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10422 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10423 }
10424
10425 static enum print_stop_action
10426 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10427 {
10428 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10429 struct breakpoint *b;
10430 const struct bp_location *bl;
10431 struct ui_file *stb;
10432 enum print_stop_action result;
10433 struct watchpoint *w;
10434 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10435
10436 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10437
10438 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10439 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10440 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10441
10442 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10443 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10444
10445 switch (b->type)
10446 {
10447 case bp_watchpoint:
10448 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10449 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10451 ui_out_field_string
10452 (uiout, "reason",
10453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10454 mention (b);
10455 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10456 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10457 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10458 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10459 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10460 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10461 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10462 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10463 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10464 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10465 break;
10466
10467 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10469 ui_out_field_string
10470 (uiout, "reason",
10471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10472 mention (b);
10473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10475 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10476 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10477 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10478 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10479 break;
10480
10481 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10482 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10483 {
10484 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10486 ui_out_field_string
10487 (uiout, "reason",
10488 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10489 mention (b);
10490 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10491 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10492 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10493 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10494 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10495 }
10496 else
10497 {
10498 mention (b);
10499 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10500 ui_out_field_string
10501 (uiout, "reason",
10502 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10503 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10504 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10505 }
10506 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10507 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10509 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10510 break;
10511 default:
10512 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10513 }
10514
10515 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10516 return result;
10517 }
10518
10519 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10520 watchpoints. */
10521
10522 static void
10523 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10524 {
10525 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10526 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10527 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10528
10529 switch (b->type)
10530 {
10531 case bp_watchpoint:
10532 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10533 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10534 break;
10535 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10536 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10537 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10538 break;
10539 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10540 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10541 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10542 break;
10543 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10544 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10545 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10546 break;
10547 default:
10548 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10549 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10550 }
10551
10552 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10553 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10554 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10555 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10556 }
10557
10558 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10559 watchpoints. */
10560
10561 static void
10562 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10563 {
10564 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10565
10566 switch (b->type)
10567 {
10568 case bp_watchpoint:
10569 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10571 break;
10572 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10574 break;
10575 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10577 break;
10578 default:
10579 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10580 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10581 }
10582
10583 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10584 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10585 }
10586
10587 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10588
10589 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10590
10591 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10592 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10593
10594 static int
10595 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10596 {
10597 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10598
10599 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10600 bl->watchpoint_type);
10601 }
10602
10603 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10604 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10605
10606 static int
10607 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10608 {
10609 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10610
10611 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10612 bl->watchpoint_type);
10613 }
10614
10615 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10616 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10617
10618 static int
10619 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10620 {
10621 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10622
10623 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10624 }
10625
10626 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10627 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10628
10629 static int
10630 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10631 {
10632 return 0;
10633 }
10634
10635 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10636 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10637
10638 static enum print_stop_action
10639 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10640 {
10641 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10642 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10643
10644 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10645 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10646
10647 switch (b->type)
10648 {
10649 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10650 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10651 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10652 ui_out_field_string
10653 (uiout, "reason",
10654 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10655 break;
10656
10657 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10659 ui_out_field_string
10660 (uiout, "reason",
10661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10662 break;
10663
10664 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10666 ui_out_field_string
10667 (uiout, "reason",
10668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10669 break;
10670 default:
10671 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10672 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10673 }
10674
10675 mention (b);
10676 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10677 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10678 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10680
10681 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10682 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10683 }
10684
10685 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10686 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10687
10688 static void
10689 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10690 struct ui_out *uiout)
10691 {
10692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10693
10694 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10695 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10696
10697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10698 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10700 }
10701
10702 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10703 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10704
10705 static void
10706 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10707 {
10708 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10709 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10710 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10711
10712 switch (b->type)
10713 {
10714 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10715 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10716 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10717 break;
10718 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10719 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10720 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10721 break;
10722 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10723 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10724 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10725 break;
10726 default:
10727 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10728 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10729 }
10730
10731 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10732 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10734 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10735 }
10736
10737 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10738 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10739
10740 static void
10741 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10742 {
10743 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10744 char tmp[40];
10745
10746 switch (b->type)
10747 {
10748 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10749 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10750 break;
10751 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10753 break;
10754 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10755 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10756 break;
10757 default:
10758 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10759 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10760 }
10761
10762 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10764 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10765 }
10766
10767 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10768
10769 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10770
10771 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10772
10773 static int
10774 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10775 {
10776 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10777 }
10778
10779 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10780 hw_read: watch read,
10781 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10782 static void
10783 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10784 int just_location, int internal)
10785 {
10786 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10787 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10788 struct expression *exp;
10789 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10790 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10791 struct frame_info *frame;
10792 char *exp_start = NULL;
10793 char *exp_end = NULL;
10794 char *tok, *end_tok;
10795 int toklen = -1;
10796 char *cond_start = NULL;
10797 char *cond_end = NULL;
10798 enum bptype bp_type;
10799 int thread = -1;
10800 int pc = 0;
10801 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10802 the hardware watchpoint. */
10803 int use_mask = 0;
10804 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10805 struct watchpoint *w;
10806
10807 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10808 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10809 {
10810 char *value_start;
10811
10812 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10813 of the arguments string. */
10814 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10815 {
10816 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10817 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10818 tok--;
10819
10820 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10821 This is the value of the parameter. */
10822 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10823 tok--;
10824 value_start = tok + 1;
10825
10826 /* Skip whitespace. */
10827 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10828 tok--;
10829
10830 end_tok = tok;
10831
10832 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10833 This is the parameter itself. */
10834 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10835 tok--;
10836 tok++;
10837 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10838
10839 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10840 {
10841 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10842 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10843 only in a specific thread. */
10844 char *endp;
10845
10846 if (thread != -1)
10847 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10848
10849 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10850 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10851
10852 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10853 thread ID. */
10854 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10855 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10856
10857 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10858 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10859 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10860 }
10861 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10862 {
10863 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10864 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10865 facility. */
10866 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10867
10868 if (use_mask)
10869 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10870
10871 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10872
10873 mark = value_mark ();
10874 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10875 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10876 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10877 }
10878 else
10879 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10880 break;
10881
10882 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10883 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10884 *tok = '\0';
10885 }
10886 }
10887
10888 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10889 innermost_block = NULL;
10890 exp_start = arg;
10891 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10892 exp_end = arg;
10893 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10894 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10895 prettier. */
10896 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10897 --exp_end;
10898
10899 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10900 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10901 {
10902 int len;
10903
10904 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10905 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10906 len--;
10907 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10908 }
10909
10910 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10911 mark = value_mark ();
10912 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10913
10914 if (just_location)
10915 {
10916 int ret;
10917
10918 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10919 val = value_addr (result);
10920 release_value (val);
10921 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10922
10923 if (use_mask)
10924 {
10925 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10926 mask);
10927 if (ret == -1)
10928 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10929 else if (ret == -2)
10930 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10931 }
10932 }
10933 else if (val != NULL)
10934 release_value (val);
10935
10936 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10937 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10938
10939 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10940 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10941 {
10942 struct expression *cond;
10943
10944 innermost_block = NULL;
10945 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10946 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10947
10948 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10949 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10950 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10951
10952 xfree (cond);
10953 cond_end = tok;
10954 }
10955 if (*tok)
10956 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10957
10958 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10959 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10960 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10961 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10962 else
10963 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10964
10965 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10966
10967 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10968 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10969 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10970 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10971 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10972 {
10973 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10974 {
10975 scope_breakpoint
10976 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10977 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10978 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10979 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10980
10981 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10982
10983 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10984 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10985
10986 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10987 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10988
10989 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10990 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10991 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10992 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10993 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10994 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10995 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10996 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10997 scope_breakpoint->type);
10998 }
10999 }
11000
11001 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11002
11003 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11004 b = &w->base;
11005 if (use_mask)
11006 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11007 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11008 else
11009 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11010 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11011 b->thread = thread;
11012 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11013 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11014 w->exp = exp;
11015 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11016 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11017 if (just_location)
11018 {
11019 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11020 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11021 char *name;
11022
11023 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11024 name = type_to_string (t);
11025
11026 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11027 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11028 xfree (name);
11029
11030 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11031 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11032
11033 /* The above expression is in C. */
11034 b->language = language_c;
11035 }
11036 else
11037 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11038
11039 if (use_mask)
11040 {
11041 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11042 }
11043 else
11044 {
11045 w->val = val;
11046 w->val_valid = 1;
11047 }
11048
11049 if (cond_start)
11050 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11051 else
11052 b->cond_string = 0;
11053
11054 if (frame)
11055 {
11056 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11057 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11058 }
11059 else
11060 {
11061 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11062 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11063 }
11064
11065 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11066 {
11067 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11068 need to act on them together. */
11069 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11070 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11071 }
11072
11073 if (!just_location)
11074 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11075
11076 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11077 {
11078 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11079 that should be inserted. */
11080 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11081 }
11082 if (e.reason < 0)
11083 {
11084 delete_breakpoint (b);
11085 throw_exception (e);
11086 }
11087
11088 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11089 }
11090
11091 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11092 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11093
11094 static int
11095 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11096 {
11097 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11098 struct value *head = v;
11099
11100 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11101 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11102 return 0;
11103
11104 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11105 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11106 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11107 hardware watchpoint.
11108
11109 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11110 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11111 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11112 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11113 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11114 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11115 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11116 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11117 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11118
11119 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11120 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11121 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11122 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11123 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11124 {
11125 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11126 {
11127 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11128 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11129 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11130 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11131 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11132 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11133 ;
11134 else
11135 {
11136 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11137 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11138 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11139
11140 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11141 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11142 middle of some value chain. */
11143 if (v == head
11144 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11145 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11146 {
11147 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11148 int len;
11149 int num_regs;
11150
11151 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11152 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11153 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11154
11155 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11156 if (!num_regs)
11157 return 0;
11158 else
11159 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11160 }
11161 }
11162 }
11163 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11164 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11165 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11166 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11167 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11168 }
11169
11170 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11171 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11172 return found_memory_cnt;
11173 }
11174
11175 void
11176 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11177 {
11178 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11179 }
11180
11181 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11182 calls watch_command_1. */
11183
11184 static void
11185 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11186 {
11187 int just_location = 0;
11188
11189 if (arg
11190 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11191 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11192 {
11193 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11194 just_location = 1;
11195 }
11196
11197 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11198 }
11199
11200 static void
11201 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11202 {
11203 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11204 }
11205
11206 void
11207 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11208 {
11209 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11210 }
11211
11212 static void
11213 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11214 {
11215 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11216 }
11217
11218 void
11219 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11220 {
11221 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11222 }
11223
11224 static void
11225 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11226 {
11227 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11228 }
11229 \f
11230
11231 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11232 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11233
11234 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11235 {
11236 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11237 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11238 int thread_num;
11239 };
11240
11241 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11242 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11243 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11244 command. */
11245 static void
11246 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11247 {
11248 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11249
11250 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11251 if (a->breakpoint2)
11252 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11253 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11254 }
11255
11256 void
11257 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11258 {
11259 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11260 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11261 struct frame_info *frame;
11262 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11263 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11264 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11265 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11266 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11267 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11268 int thread;
11269 struct thread_info *tp;
11270
11271 clear_proceed_status ();
11272
11273 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11274 this function. */
11275
11276 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11277 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11278 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11279 get_last_displayed_line ());
11280 else
11281 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11282 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11283
11284 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11285 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11286
11287 sal = sals.sals[0];
11288 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11289
11290 if (*arg)
11291 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11292
11293 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11294
11295 tp = inferior_thread ();
11296 thread = tp->num;
11297
11298 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11299
11300 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11301 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11302 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11303 that. */
11304
11305 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11306 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11307 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11308 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11309
11310 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11311 one. */
11312
11313 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11314 {
11315 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11316
11317 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11318 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11319 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11320 sal2,
11321 caller_frame_id,
11322 bp_until);
11323 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11324
11325 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11326 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11327 }
11328
11329 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11330 frame = NULL;
11331
11332 if (anywhere)
11333 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11334 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11335 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11336 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11337 else
11338 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11339 only at the very same frame. */
11340 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11341 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11342 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11343
11344 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11345
11346 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11347 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11348 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11349 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11350
11351 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11352 {
11353 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11354 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11355
11356 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11357 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11358 args->thread_num = thread;
11359
11360 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11361 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11362 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11363 xfree);
11364 }
11365 else
11366 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11367 }
11368
11369 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11370 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11371
11372 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11373 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11374 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11375 if clause in the arg string. */
11376
11377 static char *
11378 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11379 {
11380 char *cond_string;
11381
11382 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11383 return NULL;
11384
11385 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11386 (*arg) += 2;
11387
11388 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11389 condition string. */
11390 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11391 cond_string = *arg;
11392
11393 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11394 string. */
11395 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11396
11397 return cond_string;
11398 }
11399
11400 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11401 process start/exit, etc. */
11402
11403 typedef enum
11404 {
11405 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11406 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11407 }
11408 catch_fork_kind;
11409
11410 static void
11411 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11412 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11413 {
11414 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11415 char *cond_string = NULL;
11416 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11417 int tempflag;
11418
11419 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11420 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11421 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11422
11423 if (!arg)
11424 arg = "";
11425 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11426
11427 /* The allowed syntax is:
11428 catch [v]fork
11429 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11430
11431 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11432 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11433
11434 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11435 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11436
11437 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11438 and enable reporting of such events. */
11439 switch (fork_kind)
11440 {
11441 case catch_fork_temporary:
11442 case catch_fork_permanent:
11443 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11444 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11445 break;
11446 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11447 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11448 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11449 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11450 break;
11451 default:
11452 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11453 break;
11454 }
11455 }
11456
11457 static void
11458 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11459 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11460 {
11461 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11462 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11463 int tempflag;
11464 char *cond_string = NULL;
11465
11466 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11467
11468 if (!arg)
11469 arg = "";
11470 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11471
11472 /* The allowed syntax is:
11473 catch exec
11474 catch exec if <cond>
11475
11476 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11477 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11478
11479 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11480 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11481
11482 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11483 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11484 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11485 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11486
11487 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11488 }
11489
11490 static enum print_stop_action
11491 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11492 {
11493 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11494 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11495 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11496
11497 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11498
11499 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11500 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11501 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11502 b->loc->address,
11503 b->number, 1);
11504 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11505 ui_out_text (uiout,
11506 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11507 : "Catchpoint ");
11508 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11509 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11510 ui_out_text (uiout,
11511 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11512 : " (exception caught), ");
11513 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11514 {
11515 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11516 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11517 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11518 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11519 }
11520 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11521 }
11522
11523 static void
11524 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11525 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11526 {
11527 struct value_print_options opts;
11528 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11529
11530 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11531 if (opts.addressprint)
11532 {
11533 annotate_field (4);
11534 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11535 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11536 else
11537 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11538 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11539 }
11540 annotate_field (5);
11541 if (b->loc)
11542 *last_loc = b->loc;
11543 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11545 else
11546 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11547 }
11548
11549 static void
11550 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11551 {
11552 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11553 int bp_temp;
11554 int bp_throw;
11555
11556 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11557 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11558 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11559 : _("Catchpoint "));
11560 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11561 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11562 : _(" (catch)"));
11563 }
11564
11565 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11566 catch catchpoints. */
11567
11568 static void
11569 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11570 struct ui_file *fp)
11571 {
11572 int bp_temp;
11573 int bp_throw;
11574
11575 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11576 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11579 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11580 }
11581
11582 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11583
11584 static int
11585 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11586 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11587 {
11588 char *trigger_func_name;
11589
11590 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11591 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11592 else
11593 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11594
11595 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11596 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11597 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11598 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11599 0,
11600 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11601 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11602 1 /* enabled */,
11603 0 /* internal */,
11604 0);
11605
11606 return 1;
11607 }
11608
11609 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11610
11611 static void
11612 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11613 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11614 {
11615 char *cond_string = NULL;
11616
11617 if (!arg)
11618 arg = "";
11619 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11620
11621 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11622
11623 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11624 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11625
11626 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11627 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11628 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11629
11630 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11631 return;
11632
11633 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11634 }
11635
11636 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11637
11638 static void
11639 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11640 {
11641 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11642
11643 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11644 }
11645
11646 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11647
11648 static void
11649 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11650 {
11651 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11652
11653 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11654 }
11655
11656 void
11657 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11658 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11659 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11660 char *addr_string,
11661 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11662 int tempflag,
11663 int from_tty)
11664 {
11665 if (from_tty)
11666 {
11667 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11668 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11669 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11670
11671 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11672 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11673 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11674 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11675 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11676 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11677 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11678 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11679 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11680 enough for now, though. */
11681 }
11682
11683 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11684
11685 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11686 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11687 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11688 b->language = language_ada;
11689 }
11690
11691 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11692 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11693 static VEC(int) *
11694 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11695 {
11696 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11697 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11698
11699 while (*arg != '\0')
11700 {
11701 int i, syscall_number;
11702 char *endptr;
11703 char cur_name[128];
11704 struct syscall s;
11705
11706 /* Skip whitespace. */
11707 while (isspace (*arg))
11708 arg++;
11709
11710 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11711 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11712 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11713 arg += i;
11714
11715 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11716 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11717 if (*endptr == '\0')
11718 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11719 else
11720 {
11721 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11722 to a number. */
11723 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11724
11725 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11726 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11727 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11728 syscall number to be caught. */
11729 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11730 }
11731
11732 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11733 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11734 }
11735
11736 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11737 return result;
11738 }
11739
11740 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11741
11742 static void
11743 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11744 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11745 {
11746 int tempflag;
11747 VEC(int) *filter;
11748 struct syscall s;
11749 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11750
11751 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11752 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11753 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11754 this architecture yet."));
11755
11756 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11757
11758 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11759
11760 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11761 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11762 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11763 for his/her architecture. */
11764 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11765
11766 /* The allowed syntax is:
11767 catch syscall
11768 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11769
11770 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11771
11772 if (arg != NULL)
11773 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11774 else
11775 filter = NULL;
11776
11777 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11778 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11779 }
11780
11781 static void
11782 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11783 {
11784 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11785 }
11786 \f
11787
11788 static void
11789 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11790 {
11791 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11792 }
11793
11794 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11795
11796 static int
11797 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11798 {
11799 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11800 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11801 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11802 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11803
11804 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11805 return -1;
11806 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11807 return 1;
11808
11809 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11810 the number 0. */
11811 if (ua < ub)
11812 return -1;
11813 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11814 }
11815
11816 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11817
11818 static void
11819 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11820 {
11821 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11822 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11823 int ix;
11824 int default_match;
11825 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11826 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11827 int i;
11828 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11829
11830 if (arg)
11831 {
11832 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11833 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11834 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11835 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11836 default_match = 0;
11837 }
11838 else
11839 {
11840 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11841 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11842 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11843 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11844
11845 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11846 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11847 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11848 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11849 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11850 error (_("No source file specified."));
11851
11852 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11853 sals.nelts = 1;
11854
11855 default_match = 1;
11856 }
11857
11858 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11859 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11860 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11861 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11862
11863 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11864 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11865 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11866 due to optimization, all in one block.
11867
11868 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11869 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11870 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11871 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11872 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11873 to support that. */
11874
11875 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11876 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11877 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11878 breakpoint. */
11879
11880 found = NULL;
11881 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11882 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11883 {
11884 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11885
11886 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11887 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11888 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11889 or at default pc.
11890
11891 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11892
11893 0 1 pc
11894 1 1 pc _and_ line
11895 0 0 line
11896 1 0 <can't happen> */
11897
11898 sal = sals.sals[i];
11899 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11900 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11901
11902 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11903 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11904 {
11905 int match = 0;
11906 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11907 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11908 {
11909 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11910 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11911 {
11912 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11913 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11914 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11915 && sal.pc
11916 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11917 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11918 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11919 || loc->section == sal.section));
11920 int line_match = 0;
11921
11922 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11923 && loc->source_file != NULL
11924 && sal.symtab != NULL
11925 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11926 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11927 {
11928 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11929 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11930 line_match = 1;
11931 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11932 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11933 sal.symtab->filename,
11934 sal_name_len))
11935 line_match = 1;
11936 }
11937
11938 if (pc_match || line_match)
11939 {
11940 match = 1;
11941 break;
11942 }
11943 }
11944 }
11945
11946 if (match)
11947 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11948 }
11949 }
11950
11951 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11952 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11953 {
11954 if (arg)
11955 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11956 else
11957 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11958 }
11959
11960 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11961 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11962 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11963 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11964 compare_breakpoints);
11965 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11966 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11967 {
11968 if (b == prev)
11969 {
11970 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11971 --ix;
11972 }
11973 }
11974
11975 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11976 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11977 if (from_tty)
11978 {
11979 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11980 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11981 else
11982 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11983 }
11984 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11985
11986 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11987 {
11988 if (from_tty)
11989 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11990 delete_breakpoint (b);
11991 }
11992 if (from_tty)
11993 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11994
11995 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11996 }
11997 \f
11998 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11999 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12000 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12001
12002 void
12003 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12004 {
12005 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12006
12007 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12008 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12009 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12010 && bs->stop)
12011 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12012
12013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12014 {
12015 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12016 delete_breakpoint (b);
12017 }
12018 }
12019
12020 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12021 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12022 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12023 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12024 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12025 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12026
12027 static int
12028 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12029 {
12030 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12031 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12032 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12033 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12034 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12035
12036 if (a->address != b->address)
12037 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12038
12039 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12040 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12041 grouped. */
12042
12043 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12044 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12045 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12046
12047 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12048 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12049 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12050
12051 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12052 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12053 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12054
12055 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12056 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12057 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12058
12059 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12060 }
12061
12062 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12063 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12064 content of the bp_location array. */
12065
12066 static void
12067 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12068 {
12069 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12070
12071 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12072 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12073
12074 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12075 {
12076 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12077
12078 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12079 continue;
12080
12081 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12082 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12083
12084 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12085 addr = bl->address - start;
12086 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12087 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12088
12089 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12090
12091 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12092 addr = end - bl->address;
12093 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12094 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12095 }
12096 }
12097
12098 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12099
12100 static void
12101 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12102 {
12103 struct breakpoint *b;
12104 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12105
12106 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12107 return;
12108
12109 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12110
12111 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12112 {
12113 struct bp_location *bl;
12114 struct tracepoint *t;
12115 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12116
12117 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12118 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12119 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12120 continue;
12121
12122 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12123 {
12124 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12125 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12126 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12127 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12128 continue;
12129
12130 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12131
12132 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12133
12134 bl->inserted = 1;
12135 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12136 }
12137 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12138 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12139 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12141 }
12142
12143 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12144 }
12145
12146 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12147
12148 static void
12149 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12150 {
12151 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12152 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12153 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12154 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12155
12156 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12157 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12158 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12159 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12160 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12161
12162 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12163 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12164 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12165 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12166 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12167 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12168 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12169 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12170 }
12171
12172 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12173 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12174 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12175 the target. */
12176
12177 static void
12178 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12179 {
12180 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12181 struct bp_location *loc;
12182 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12183 int pspace_num;
12184
12185 address = bl->address;
12186 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12187
12188 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12189 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12190 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12191 side. */
12192 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12193 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12194 return;
12195
12196 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12197 the same program space as the location
12198 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12199 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12201 {
12202 loc = *loc2p;
12203
12204 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12205 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12206 continue;
12207
12208 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12209 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12210 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12211 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12212 that have already been marked. */
12213 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12214
12215 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12216 it later on. */
12217 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12218 {
12219 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12220 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12221 }
12222 }
12223 }
12224
12225 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12226 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12227 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12228 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12229 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12230 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12231 returns true on them.
12232
12233 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12234 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12235 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12236 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12237 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12238 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12239
12240 static void
12241 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12242 {
12243 struct breakpoint *b;
12244 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12245 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12246 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12247 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12248 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12249 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12250
12251 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12252 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12253 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12254 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12255 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12256 once. */
12257 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12258 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12259 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12260 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12261
12262 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12263 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12264 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12265 unsigned old_location_count;
12266
12267 old_location = bp_location;
12268 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12269 bp_location = NULL;
12270 bp_location_count = 0;
12271 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12272
12273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12274 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12275 bp_location_count++;
12276
12277 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12278 locp = bp_location;
12279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12280 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12281 *locp++ = loc;
12282 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12283 bp_location_compare);
12284
12285 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12286
12287 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12288 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12289 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12290 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12291 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12292 location.
12293
12294 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12295 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12296
12297 locp = bp_location;
12298 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12299 old_locp++)
12300 {
12301 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12302 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12303
12304 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12305 not, we have to free it. */
12306 int found_object = 0;
12307 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12308 int keep_in_target = 0;
12309 int removed = 0;
12310
12311 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12312 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12313 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12314 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12315 locp++;
12316
12317 for (loc2p = locp;
12318 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12319 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12320 loc2p++)
12321 {
12322 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12323 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12324 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12325 place there. */
12326 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12327 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12328 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12329 {
12330 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12331 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12332 }
12333
12334 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12335 found_object = 1;
12336 }
12337
12338 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12339 have to go through updates again. */
12340 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12341
12342 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12343 if (!found_object)
12344 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12345
12346 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12347 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12348 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12349 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12350 at certain location is not inserted. */
12351
12352 if (old_loc->inserted)
12353 {
12354 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12355 it. */
12356
12357 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12358 {
12359 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12360 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12361 keep_in_target = 1;
12362 }
12363 else
12364 {
12365 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12366 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12367 remove its target-side condition. */
12368
12369 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12370 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12371 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12372 this one from the target. */
12373
12374 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12375 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12376 {
12377 for (loc2p = locp;
12378 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12379 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12380 loc2p++)
12381 {
12382 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12383
12384 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12385 {
12386 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12387 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12388 supported, but the latter are. */
12389 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12390 {
12391 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12392 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12393 }
12394
12395 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12396 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12397 unduplicated. */
12398 if (loc2 != old_loc
12399 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12400 {
12401 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12402 keep_in_target = 1;
12403 break;
12404 }
12405 }
12406 }
12407 }
12408 }
12409
12410 if (!keep_in_target)
12411 {
12412 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12413 {
12414 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12415 this location on the global list, and try to
12416 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12417 reason why we will succeed next time.
12418
12419 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12420 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12421 only after calling us. */
12422 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12423 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12424 old_loc->owner->number);
12425 }
12426 removed = 1;
12427 }
12428 }
12429
12430 if (!found_object)
12431 {
12432 if (removed && non_stop
12433 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12434 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12435 {
12436 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12437 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12438 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12439 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12440 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12441 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12442 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12443 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12444 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12445 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12446 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12447 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12448 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12449 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12450 SIGTRAP.
12451
12452 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12453 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12454
12455 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12456 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12457 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12458 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12459 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12460 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12461 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12462 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12463 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12464 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12465 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12466 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12467 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12468 thread_count.
12469
12470 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12471 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12472 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12473 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12474
12475 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12476 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12477 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12478 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12479 traps we can no longer explain. */
12480
12481 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12482 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12483
12484 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12485 }
12486 else
12487 {
12488 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12489 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12490 }
12491 }
12492 }
12493
12494 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12495 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12496 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12497 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12498 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12499 are sorted first for the same address.
12500
12501 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12502 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12503
12504 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12505 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12506 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12507 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12508 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12509 {
12510 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12511 non-NULL. */
12512 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12513 b = loc->owner;
12514
12515 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12516 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12517 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12518 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12519 `struct bp_location'. */
12520 || is_tracepoint (b))
12521 {
12522 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12523 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12524 continue;
12525 }
12526
12527 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12528 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12529 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12530 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12531 "actually inserted"));
12532
12533 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12534 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12535 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12536 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12537 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12538 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12539 else
12540 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12541
12542 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12543 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12544 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12545 {
12546 *loc_first_p = loc;
12547 loc->duplicate = 0;
12548
12549 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12550 {
12551 loc->needs_update = 1;
12552 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12553 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12554 }
12555 continue;
12556 }
12557
12558
12559 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12560 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12561 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12562 if (loc->inserted)
12563 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12564 loc->duplicate = 1;
12565
12566 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12567 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12568
12569 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12570 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12571 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12572 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12573 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12574 }
12575
12576 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12577 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12578 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12579 {
12580 if (should_insert)
12581 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12582 else
12583 {
12584 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12585 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12586 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12587 "needs_update". */
12588 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12589 }
12590 }
12591
12592 if (should_insert)
12593 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12594
12595 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12596 }
12597
12598 void
12599 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12600 {
12601 struct bp_location *loc;
12602 int ix;
12603
12604 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12605 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12606 {
12607 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12608 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12609 --ix;
12610 }
12611 }
12612
12613 static void
12614 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12615 {
12616 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12617
12618 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12619 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12620 }
12621
12622 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12623
12624 static void
12625 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12626 {
12627 bpstat bs;
12628
12629 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12630 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12631 {
12632 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12633 bs->old_val = NULL;
12634 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12635 }
12636 }
12637
12638 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12639 static int
12640 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12641 {
12642 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12643
12644 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12645 return 0;
12646 }
12647
12648 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12649 callbacks. */
12650
12651 static void
12652 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12653 {
12654 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12655 struct value_print_options opts;
12656
12657 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12658
12659 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12660 single string. */
12661 if (b->loc == NULL)
12662 {
12663 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12664 }
12665 else
12666 {
12667 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12668 {
12669 printf_filtered (" at ");
12670 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12671 gdb_stdout);
12672 }
12673 if (b->loc->source_file)
12674 {
12675 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12676 more nicely. */
12677 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12678 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12679 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12680 else
12681 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12682 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12683 real situation somewhat. */
12684 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12685 }
12686
12687 if (b->loc->next)
12688 {
12689 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12690 int n = 0;
12691 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12692 ++n;
12693 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12694 }
12695 }
12696 }
12697
12698 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12699
12700 static void
12701 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12702 {
12703 xfree (self->cond);
12704 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12705 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12706 xfree (self->function_name);
12707 xfree (self->source_file);
12708 }
12709
12710 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12711 {
12712 bp_location_dtor
12713 };
12714
12715 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12716 inherit from. */
12717
12718 static void
12719 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12720 {
12721 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12722 xfree (self->cond_string);
12723 xfree (self->addr_string);
12724 xfree (self->filter);
12725 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12726 }
12727
12728 static struct bp_location *
12729 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12730 {
12731 struct bp_location *loc;
12732
12733 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12734 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12735 return loc;
12736 }
12737
12738 static void
12739 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12740 {
12741 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12742 }
12743
12744 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12745 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12746
12747 static int
12748 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12749 {
12750 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12751 }
12752
12753 static int
12754 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12755 {
12756 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12757 }
12758
12759 static int
12760 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12761 struct address_space *aspace,
12762 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12763 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12764 {
12765 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12766 }
12767
12768 static void
12769 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12770 {
12771 /* Always stop. */
12772 }
12773
12774 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12775 errors. */
12776
12777 static int
12778 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12779 {
12780 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12781 }
12782
12783 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12784 errors. */
12785
12786 static int
12787 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12788 {
12789 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12790 }
12791
12792 static enum print_stop_action
12793 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12794 {
12795 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12796 }
12797
12798 static void
12799 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12800 struct ui_out *uiout)
12801 {
12802 /* nothing */
12803 }
12804
12805 static void
12806 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12807 {
12808 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12809 }
12810
12811 static void
12812 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12813 {
12814 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12815 }
12816
12817 static void
12818 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12819 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12820 enum bptype type_wanted,
12821 char *addr_start,
12822 char **copy_arg)
12823 {
12824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12825 }
12826
12827 static void
12828 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12829 struct linespec_result *c,
12830 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12831 char *cond_string,
12832 char *extra_string,
12833 enum bptype type_wanted,
12834 enum bpdisp disposition,
12835 int thread,
12836 int task, int ignore_count,
12837 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12838 int from_tty, int enabled,
12839 int internal, unsigned flags)
12840 {
12841 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12842 }
12843
12844 static void
12845 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12846 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12847 {
12848 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12849 }
12850
12851 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12852 {
12853 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12854 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12855 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12856 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12857 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12858 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12859 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12860 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12861 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12862 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12863 NULL,
12864 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12865 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12866 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12867 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12868 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12869 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12870 };
12871
12872 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12873
12874 static void
12875 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12876 {
12877 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12878 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12879 {
12880 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12881 delete_breakpoint (b);
12882 return;
12883 }
12884
12885 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12886 }
12887
12888 static int
12889 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12890 {
12891 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12892 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12893 &bl->target_info);
12894 else
12895 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12896 &bl->target_info);
12897 }
12898
12899 static int
12900 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12901 {
12902 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12903 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12904 else
12905 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12906 }
12907
12908 static int
12909 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12910 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12911 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12912 {
12913 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12914
12915 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12916 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12917 return 0;
12918
12919 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12920 aspace, bp_addr))
12921 return 0;
12922
12923 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12924 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12925 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12926 return 0;
12927
12928 return 1;
12929 }
12930
12931 static int
12932 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12933 {
12934 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12935
12936 return 1;
12937 }
12938
12939 static enum print_stop_action
12940 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12941 {
12942 struct breakpoint *b;
12943 const struct bp_location *bl;
12944 int bp_temp;
12945 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12946
12947 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12948
12949 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12950 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12951
12952 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12953 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12954 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12955 bl->address,
12956 b->number, 1);
12957 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12958 if (bp_temp)
12959 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12960 else
12961 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12962 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12963 {
12964 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12965 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12966 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12967 }
12968 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12969 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12970
12971 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12972 }
12973
12974 static void
12975 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12976 {
12977 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12978 return;
12979
12980 switch (b->type)
12981 {
12982 case bp_breakpoint:
12983 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12984 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12985 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12986 else
12987 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12988 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12989 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12990 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12991 break;
12992 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12993 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12994 break;
12995 case bp_dprintf:
12996 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12997 break;
12998 }
12999
13000 say_where (b);
13001 }
13002
13003 static void
13004 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13005 {
13006 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13008 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13009 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13010 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13011 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13013 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13015 else
13016 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13017 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13018
13019 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13020 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13021 }
13022
13023 static void
13024 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13025 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13026 enum bptype type_wanted,
13027 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13028 {
13029 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13030 addr_start, copy_arg);
13031 }
13032
13033 static void
13034 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13035 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13036 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13037 char *cond_string,
13038 char *extra_string,
13039 enum bptype type_wanted,
13040 enum bpdisp disposition,
13041 int thread,
13042 int task, int ignore_count,
13043 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13044 int from_tty, int enabled,
13045 int internal, unsigned flags)
13046 {
13047 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13048 cond_string, extra_string,
13049 type_wanted,
13050 disposition, thread, task,
13051 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13052 enabled, internal, flags);
13053 }
13054
13055 static void
13056 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13057 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13058 {
13059 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13060 }
13061
13062 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13063
13064 static void
13065 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13066 {
13067 switch (b->type)
13068 {
13069 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13070 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13071 case bp_overlay_event:
13072 case bp_longjmp_master:
13073 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13074 case bp_exception_master:
13075 delete_breakpoint (b);
13076 break;
13077
13078 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13079 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13080 case bp_shlib_event:
13081
13082 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13083 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13084 case bp_thread_event:
13085 break;
13086 }
13087 }
13088
13089 static void
13090 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13091 {
13092 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13093 {
13094 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13095 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13096 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13097 objects (among other things). */
13098 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13099 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13100 }
13101 else
13102 bs->stop = 0;
13103 }
13104
13105 static enum print_stop_action
13106 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13107 {
13108 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13109 struct breakpoint *b;
13110
13111 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13112
13113 switch (b->type)
13114 {
13115 case bp_shlib_event:
13116 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13117 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13118 to shlib event" message.) */
13119 print_solib_event (0);
13120 break;
13121
13122 case bp_thread_event:
13123 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13124 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13125 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13126 break;
13127
13128 case bp_overlay_event:
13129 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13130 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13131 break;
13132
13133 case bp_longjmp_master:
13134 /* These should never be enabled. */
13135 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13136 break;
13137
13138 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13139 /* These should never be enabled. */
13140 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13141 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13142 break;
13143
13144 case bp_exception_master:
13145 /* These should never be enabled. */
13146 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13147 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13148 break;
13149 }
13150
13151 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13152 }
13153
13154 static void
13155 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13156 {
13157 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13158 }
13159
13160 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13161
13162 static void
13163 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13164 {
13165 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13166 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13167 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13168 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13169 }
13170
13171 static void
13172 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13173 {
13174 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13175 }
13176
13177 static enum print_stop_action
13178 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13179 {
13180 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13181
13182 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13183 {
13184 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13185
13186 switch (b->type)
13187 {
13188 case bp_finish:
13189 ui_out_field_string
13190 (uiout, "reason",
13191 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13192 break;
13193
13194 case bp_until:
13195 ui_out_field_string
13196 (uiout, "reason",
13197 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13198 break;
13199 }
13200 }
13201
13202 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13203 }
13204
13205 static void
13206 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13207 {
13208 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13209 }
13210
13211 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13212
13213 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13214 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13215
13216 static void
13217 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13218 {
13219 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13220
13221 if (tp)
13222 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13223
13224 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13225 }
13226
13227 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13228
13229 static int
13230 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13231 {
13232 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13233
13234 if (v == 0)
13235 {
13236 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13237 if needed. */
13238 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13239 }
13240
13241 return v;
13242 }
13243
13244 static int
13245 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13246 {
13247 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13248 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13249
13250 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13251 }
13252
13253 static void
13254 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13255 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13256 enum bptype type_wanted,
13257 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13258 {
13259 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13260
13261 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13262
13263 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13264 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13265
13266 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13267 }
13268
13269 static void
13270 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13271 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13272 {
13273 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13274 if (!sals->sals)
13275 error (_("probe not found"));
13276 }
13277
13278 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13279
13280 static void
13281 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13282 {
13283 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13284 }
13285
13286 static int
13287 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13288 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13289 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13290 {
13291 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13292 tracepoints. */
13293 return 0;
13294 }
13295
13296 static void
13297 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13298 struct ui_out *uiout)
13299 {
13300 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13301 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13302 {
13303 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13304
13305 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13307 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13308 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13309 }
13310 }
13311
13312 static void
13313 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13314 {
13315 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13316 return;
13317
13318 switch (b->type)
13319 {
13320 case bp_tracepoint:
13321 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13322 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13323 break;
13324 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13325 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13326 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13327 break;
13328 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13329 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13330 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13331 break;
13332 default:
13333 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13334 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13335 }
13336
13337 say_where (b);
13338 }
13339
13340 static void
13341 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13342 {
13343 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13344
13345 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13347 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13349 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13351 else
13352 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13353 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13354
13355 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13356 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13357
13358 if (tp->pass_count)
13359 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13360 }
13361
13362 static void
13363 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13364 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13365 enum bptype type_wanted,
13366 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13367 {
13368 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13369 addr_start, copy_arg);
13370 }
13371
13372 static void
13373 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13374 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13375 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13376 char *cond_string,
13377 char *extra_string,
13378 enum bptype type_wanted,
13379 enum bpdisp disposition,
13380 int thread,
13381 int task, int ignore_count,
13382 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13383 int from_tty, int enabled,
13384 int internal, unsigned flags)
13385 {
13386 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13387 cond_string, extra_string,
13388 type_wanted,
13389 disposition, thread, task,
13390 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13391 enabled, internal, flags);
13392 }
13393
13394 static void
13395 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13396 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13397 {
13398 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13399 }
13400
13401 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13402
13403 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13404 static probe. */
13405
13406 static void
13407 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13408 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13409 enum bptype type_wanted,
13410 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13411 {
13412 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13413 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13414 addr_start, copy_arg);
13415 }
13416
13417 static void
13418 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13419 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13420 {
13421 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13422 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13423 }
13424
13425 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13426
13427 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13428 markers (`-m'). */
13429
13430 static void
13431 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13432 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13433 enum bptype type_wanted,
13434 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13435 {
13436 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13437
13438 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13439
13440 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13441
13442 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13443 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13444 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13445 }
13446
13447 static void
13448 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13449 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13450 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13451 char *cond_string,
13452 char *extra_string,
13453 enum bptype type_wanted,
13454 enum bpdisp disposition,
13455 int thread,
13456 int task, int ignore_count,
13457 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13458 int from_tty, int enabled,
13459 int internal, unsigned flags)
13460 {
13461 int i;
13462
13463 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13464 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13465 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13466 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13467 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13468 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13469
13470 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13471 {
13472 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13473 struct tracepoint *tp;
13474 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13475 char *addr_string;
13476
13477 expanded.nelts = 1;
13478 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13479
13480 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13481 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13482
13483 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13484 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13485 addr_string, NULL,
13486 cond_string, extra_string,
13487 type_wanted, disposition,
13488 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13489 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13490 canonical->special_display);
13491 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13492 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13493 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13494 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13495 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13496 corresponds to this one */
13497 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13498
13499 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13500
13501 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13502 }
13503 }
13504
13505 static void
13506 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13507 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13508 {
13509 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13510
13511 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13512 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13513 {
13514 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13515 sals->nelts = 1;
13516 }
13517 else
13518 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13519 }
13520
13521 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13522
13523 static int
13524 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13525 {
13526 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13527 }
13528
13529 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13530 structures. */
13531
13532 void
13533 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13534 {
13535 struct breakpoint *b;
13536
13537 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13538
13539 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13540 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13541 especial culprits.
13542
13543 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13544 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13545 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13546 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13547 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13548 deleted.
13549
13550 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13551 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13552 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13553 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13554 was chosen. */
13555 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13556 return;
13557
13558 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13559 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13560 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13561 {
13562 struct breakpoint *related;
13563 struct watchpoint *w;
13564
13565 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13566 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13567 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13568 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13569 else
13570 w = NULL;
13571 if (w != NULL)
13572 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13573
13574 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13575 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13576 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13577 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13578 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13579 }
13580
13581 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13582 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13583 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13584 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13585 if (bpt->number)
13586 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13587
13588 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13589 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13590
13591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13592 if (b->next == bpt)
13593 {
13594 b->next = bpt->next;
13595 break;
13596 }
13597
13598 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13599 been freed. */
13600 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13601 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13602 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13603 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13604 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13605 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13606 commands won't work. */
13607
13608 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13609
13610 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13611 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13612 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13613 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13614 might be better design to have location completely
13615 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13616 update_global_location_list (0);
13617
13618 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13619 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13620 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13621 bpt->type = bp_none;
13622 xfree (bpt);
13623 }
13624
13625 static void
13626 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13627 {
13628 delete_breakpoint (b);
13629 }
13630
13631 struct cleanup *
13632 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13633 {
13634 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13635 }
13636
13637 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13638 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13639
13640 static void
13641 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13642 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13643 void *),
13644 void *data)
13645 {
13646 struct breakpoint *related;
13647
13648 related = b;
13649 do
13650 {
13651 struct breakpoint *next;
13652
13653 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13654 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13655
13656 if (next == related)
13657 {
13658 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13659 function (related, data);
13660
13661 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13662 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13663 out. */
13664 break;
13665 }
13666 else
13667 function (related, data);
13668
13669 related = next;
13670 }
13671 while (related != b);
13672 }
13673
13674 static void
13675 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13676 {
13677 delete_breakpoint (b);
13678 }
13679
13680 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13681 delete_breakpoint. */
13682
13683 static void
13684 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13685 {
13686 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13687 }
13688
13689 void
13690 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13691 {
13692 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13693
13694 dont_repeat ();
13695
13696 if (arg == 0)
13697 {
13698 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13699
13700 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13701 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13702 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13703 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13704 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13705 {
13706 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13707 break;
13708 }
13709
13710 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13711 if (!from_tty
13712 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13713 {
13714 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13715 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13716 delete_breakpoint (b);
13717 }
13718 }
13719 else
13720 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13721 }
13722
13723 static int
13724 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13725 {
13726 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13727 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13728 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13729 return 0;
13730 return 1;
13731 }
13732
13733 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13734 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13735 Null names are ignored. */
13736
13737 static int
13738 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13739 {
13740 struct bp_location *l;
13741 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13742 (int (*) (const void *,
13743 const void *)) streq,
13744 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13745
13746 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13747 {
13748 const char **slot;
13749 const char *name = l->function_name;
13750
13751 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13752 if (name == NULL)
13753 continue;
13754
13755 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13756 INSERT);
13757 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13758 returns NULL. */
13759 if (*slot != NULL)
13760 {
13761 htab_delete (htab);
13762 return 1;
13763 }
13764 *slot = name;
13765 }
13766
13767 htab_delete (htab);
13768 return 0;
13769 }
13770
13771 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13772 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13773 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13774 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13775 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13776 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13777 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13778 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13779 The heuristic is:
13780
13781 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13782 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13783 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13784 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13785 in the sources, and output a warning.
13786
13787 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13788 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13789 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13790 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13791 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13792 warning.
13793
13794 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13795 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13796 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13797 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13798 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13799 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13800 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13801 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13802 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13803
13804 static struct symtab_and_line
13805 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13806 {
13807 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13808 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13809 CORE_ADDR pc;
13810
13811 pc = sal.pc;
13812 if (sal.line)
13813 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13814
13815 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13816 {
13817 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13818 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13819 b->number,
13820 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13821
13822 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13823 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13824 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13825
13826 return sal;
13827 }
13828
13829 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13830 by string ID. */
13831 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13832 && sal.line != 0
13833 && sal.symtab != NULL
13834 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13835 {
13836 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13837
13838 markers
13839 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13840
13841 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13842 {
13843 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13844 struct symbol *sym;
13845 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13846 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13847
13848 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13849
13850 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13851 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13852
13853 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13854 "found at previous line number"),
13855 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13856
13857 init_sal (&sal2);
13858
13859 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13860
13861 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13862 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13863 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13864 if (sym)
13865 {
13866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13867 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13868 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13869 }
13870 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13871 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13872
13873 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13874 {
13875 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13876
13877 if (fullname)
13878 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13879 }
13880
13881 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13882 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13883
13884 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13885
13886 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13887 if (sym)
13888 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13889 else
13890 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13891
13892 xfree (b->addr_string);
13893 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13894 sal2.symtab->filename,
13895 b->loc->line_number);
13896
13897 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13898 so. */
13899
13900 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13901 }
13902 }
13903 return sal;
13904 }
13905
13906 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13907 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13908
13909 static int
13910 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13911 {
13912 while (a && b)
13913 {
13914 if (a->address != b->address)
13915 return 0;
13916
13917 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13918 return 0;
13919
13920 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13921 return 0;
13922
13923 a = a->next;
13924 b = b->next;
13925 }
13926
13927 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13928 return 0;
13929
13930 return 1;
13931 }
13932
13933 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13934 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13935 a ranged breakpoint. */
13936
13937 void
13938 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13939 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13940 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13941 {
13942 int i;
13943 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13944
13945 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13946 {
13947 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13948 location. */
13949 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13950 update_global_location_list (1);
13951 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13952 "multiple locations found\n"),
13953 b->number);
13954 return;
13955 }
13956
13957 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13958 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13959 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13960 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13961 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13962 individual locations. */
13963 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13964 return;
13965
13966 b->loc = NULL;
13967
13968 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13969 {
13970 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13971
13972 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13973
13974 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13975
13976 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13977 old symtab. */
13978 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13979 {
13980 char *s;
13981 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13982
13983 s = b->cond_string;
13984 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13985 {
13986 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13987 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13988 0);
13989 }
13990 if (e.reason < 0)
13991 {
13992 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13993 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13994 b->number, e.message);
13995 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13996 }
13997 }
13998
13999 if (sals_end.nelts)
14000 {
14001 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14002
14003 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14004 }
14005 }
14006
14007 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14008 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14009 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14010
14011 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14012 breakpoints. */
14013 {
14014 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14015 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14016 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14017 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14018 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14019 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14020 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14021
14022 for (; e; e = e->next)
14023 {
14024 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14025 {
14026 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14027 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14028 {
14029 for (; l; l = l->next)
14030 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14031 {
14032 l->enabled = 0;
14033 break;
14034 }
14035 }
14036 else
14037 {
14038 for (; l; l = l->next)
14039 if (l->function_name
14040 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14041 {
14042 l->enabled = 0;
14043 break;
14044 }
14045 }
14046 }
14047 }
14048 }
14049
14050 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14051 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14052
14053 update_global_location_list (1);
14054 }
14055
14056 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14057 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14058
14059 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14060 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14061 {
14062 char *s;
14063 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14064 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14065
14066 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14067 s = addr_string;
14068
14069 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14070 {
14071 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14072 }
14073 if (e.reason < 0)
14074 {
14075 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14076 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14077 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14078 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14079 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14080 state, then user already saw the message about that
14081 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14082 errors. */
14083 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14084 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14085 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14086 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14087 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14088 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14089
14090 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14091 {
14092 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14093 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14094 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14095 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14096 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14097 which approach is better. */
14098 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14099 throw_exception (e);
14100 }
14101 }
14102
14103 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14104 {
14105 int i;
14106
14107 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14108 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14109 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14110 {
14111 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14112 int thread, task;
14113
14114 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14115 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14116 &extra_string);
14117 if (cond_string)
14118 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14119 b->thread = thread;
14120 b->task = task;
14121 if (extra_string)
14122 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14123 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14124 }
14125
14126 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14127 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14128
14129 *found = 1;
14130 }
14131 else
14132 *found = 0;
14133
14134 return sals;
14135 }
14136
14137 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14138 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14139 locations. */
14140
14141 static void
14142 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14143 {
14144 int found;
14145 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14146 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14147 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14148
14149 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14150 if (found)
14151 {
14152 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14153 expanded = sals;
14154 }
14155
14156 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14157 {
14158 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14159 if (found)
14160 {
14161 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14162 expanded_end = sals_end;
14163 }
14164 }
14165
14166 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14167 }
14168
14169 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14170 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14171
14172 static void
14173 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14174 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14175 enum bptype type_wanted,
14176 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14177 {
14178 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14179 }
14180
14181 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14182 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14183 breakpoint_ops. */
14184
14185 static void
14186 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14187 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14188 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14189 char *cond_string,
14190 char *extra_string,
14191 enum bptype type_wanted,
14192 enum bpdisp disposition,
14193 int thread,
14194 int task, int ignore_count,
14195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14196 int from_tty, int enabled,
14197 int internal, unsigned flags)
14198 {
14199 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14200 extra_string,
14201 type_wanted, disposition,
14202 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14203 enabled, internal, flags);
14204 }
14205
14206 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14207 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14208
14209 static void
14210 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14211 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14212 {
14213 struct linespec_result canonical;
14214
14215 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14216 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14217 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14218 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14219 b->filter);
14220
14221 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14222 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14223
14224 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14225 {
14226 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14227
14228 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14229 *sals = lsal->sals;
14230 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14231 contents. */
14232 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14233 }
14234
14235 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14236 }
14237
14238 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14239
14240 static struct cleanup *
14241 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14242 {
14243 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14244
14245 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14246 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14247 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14248 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14249 set_language (b->language);
14250
14251 return cleanups;
14252 }
14253
14254 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14255 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14256 Unused in this case. */
14257
14258 static int
14259 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14260 {
14261 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14262 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14263 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14264
14265 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14266 b->ops->re_set (b);
14267 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14268 return 0;
14269 }
14270
14271 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14272 void
14273 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14274 {
14275 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14276 enum language save_language;
14277 int save_input_radix;
14278 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14279
14280 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14281 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14282 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14283
14284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14285 {
14286 /* Format possible error msg. */
14287 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14288 b->number);
14289 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14290 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14291 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14292 }
14293 set_language (save_language);
14294 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14295
14296 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14297
14298 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14299
14300 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14301 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14302 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14303 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14304
14305 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14306 skip_re_set ();
14307 }
14308 \f
14309 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14310
14311 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14312 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14313 void
14314 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14315 {
14316 if (b->thread != -1)
14317 {
14318 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14319 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14320
14321 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14322 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14323 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14324 as well. */
14325 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14326 }
14327 }
14328
14329 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14330 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14331 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14332
14333 void
14334 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14335 {
14336 struct breakpoint *b;
14337
14338 if (count < 0)
14339 count = 0;
14340
14341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14342 if (b->number == bptnum)
14343 {
14344 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14345 {
14346 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14347 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14348 bptnum);
14349 return;
14350 }
14351
14352 b->ignore_count = count;
14353 if (from_tty)
14354 {
14355 if (count == 0)
14356 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14357 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14358 bptnum);
14359 else if (count == 1)
14360 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14361 bptnum);
14362 else
14363 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14364 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14365 count, bptnum);
14366 }
14367 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14368 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14369 return;
14370 }
14371
14372 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14373 }
14374
14375 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14376
14377 static void
14378 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14379 {
14380 char *p = args;
14381 int num;
14382
14383 if (p == 0)
14384 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14385
14386 num = get_number (&p);
14387 if (num == 0)
14388 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14389 if (*p == 0)
14390 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14391
14392 set_ignore_count (num,
14393 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14394 from_tty);
14395 if (from_tty)
14396 printf_filtered ("\n");
14397 }
14398 \f
14399 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14400 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14401
14402 static void
14403 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14404 void *),
14405 void *data)
14406 {
14407 int num;
14408 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14409 int match;
14410 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14411
14412 if (args == 0)
14413 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14414
14415 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14416
14417 while (!state.finished)
14418 {
14419 char *p = state.string;
14420
14421 match = 0;
14422
14423 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14424 if (num == 0)
14425 {
14426 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14427 }
14428 else
14429 {
14430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14431 if (b->number == num)
14432 {
14433 match = 1;
14434 function (b, data);
14435 break;
14436 }
14437 if (match == 0)
14438 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14439 }
14440 }
14441 }
14442
14443 static struct bp_location *
14444 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14445 {
14446 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14447 char *p1;
14448 int bp_num;
14449 int loc_num;
14450 struct breakpoint *b;
14451 struct bp_location *loc;
14452
14453 *dot = '\0';
14454
14455 p1 = number;
14456 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14457 if (bp_num == 0)
14458 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14459
14460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14461 if (b->number == bp_num)
14462 {
14463 break;
14464 }
14465
14466 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14467 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14468
14469 p1 = dot+1;
14470 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14471 if (loc_num == 0)
14472 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14473
14474 --loc_num;
14475 loc = b->loc;
14476 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14477 ;
14478 if (!loc)
14479 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14480
14481 return loc;
14482 }
14483
14484
14485 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14486 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14487 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14488
14489 void
14490 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14491 {
14492 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14493 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14494 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14495 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14496 return;
14497
14498 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14499 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14500 return;
14501
14502 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14503
14504 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14505 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14506
14507 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14508 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14509 {
14510 struct bp_location *location;
14511
14512 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14513 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14514 }
14515
14516 update_global_location_list (0);
14517
14518 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14519 }
14520
14521 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14522
14523 static void
14524 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14525 {
14526 disable_breakpoint (b);
14527 }
14528
14529 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14530 disable_breakpoint. */
14531
14532 static void
14533 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14534 {
14535 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14536 }
14537
14538 static void
14539 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14540 {
14541 if (args == 0)
14542 {
14543 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14544
14545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14546 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14547 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14548 }
14549 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14550 {
14551 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14552 if (loc)
14553 {
14554 if (loc->enabled)
14555 {
14556 loc->enabled = 0;
14557 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14558 }
14559 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14560 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14561 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14562 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14563 }
14564 update_global_location_list (0);
14565 }
14566 else
14567 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14568 }
14569
14570 static void
14571 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14572 int count)
14573 {
14574 int target_resources_ok;
14575
14576 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14577 {
14578 int i;
14579 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14580 target_resources_ok =
14581 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14582 i + 1, 0);
14583 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14584 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14585 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14586 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14587 }
14588
14589 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14590 {
14591 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14592 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14593 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14594
14595 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14596 {
14597 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14598
14599 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14600 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14601 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14602 }
14603 if (e.reason < 0)
14604 {
14605 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14606 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14607 bpt->number);
14608 return;
14609 }
14610 }
14611
14612 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14613 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14614
14615 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14616
14617 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14618 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14619
14620 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14621 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14622 {
14623 struct bp_location *location;
14624
14625 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14626 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14627 }
14628
14629 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14630 bpt->enable_count = count;
14631 update_global_location_list (1);
14632 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14633
14634 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14635 }
14636
14637
14638 void
14639 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14640 {
14641 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14642 }
14643
14644 static void
14645 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14646 {
14647 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14648 }
14649
14650 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14651 enable_breakpoint. */
14652
14653 static void
14654 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14655 {
14656 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14657 }
14658
14659 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14660 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14661 in stopping the inferior. */
14662
14663 static void
14664 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14665 {
14666 if (args == 0)
14667 {
14668 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14669
14670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14671 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14672 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14673 }
14674 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14675 {
14676 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14677 if (loc)
14678 {
14679 if (!loc->enabled)
14680 {
14681 loc->enabled = 1;
14682 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14683 }
14684 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14685 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14686 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14687 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14688 }
14689 update_global_location_list (1);
14690 }
14691 else
14692 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14693 }
14694
14695 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14696 breakpoints. */
14697
14698 struct disp_data
14699 {
14700 enum bpdisp disp;
14701 int count;
14702 };
14703
14704 static void
14705 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14706 {
14707 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14708
14709 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14710 }
14711
14712 static void
14713 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14714 {
14715 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14716
14717 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14718 }
14719
14720 static void
14721 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14722 {
14723 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14724 }
14725
14726 static void
14727 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14728 {
14729 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14730
14731 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14732 }
14733
14734 static void
14735 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14736 {
14737 int count = get_number (&args);
14738
14739 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14740 }
14741
14742 static void
14743 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14744 {
14745 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14746
14747 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14748 }
14749
14750 static void
14751 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14752 {
14753 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14754 }
14755 \f
14756 static void
14757 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14758 {
14759 }
14760
14761 static void
14762 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14763 {
14764 }
14765
14766 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14767 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14768 GDB itself. */
14769
14770 static void
14771 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14772 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14773 const bfd_byte *data)
14774 {
14775 struct breakpoint *bp;
14776
14777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14778 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14779 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14780 {
14781 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14782
14783 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14784 {
14785 struct bp_location *loc;
14786
14787 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14788 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14789 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14790 && addr + len > loc->address)
14791 {
14792 value_free (wp->val);
14793 wp->val = NULL;
14794 wp->val_valid = 0;
14795 }
14796 }
14797 }
14798 }
14799
14800 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14801 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14802 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14803 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14804 someday. */
14805
14806 void *
14807 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14808 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14809 {
14810 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14811
14812 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14813
14814 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14815 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14816
14817 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14818 {
14819 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14820 xfree (bp_tgt);
14821 return NULL;
14822 }
14823
14824 return bp_tgt;
14825 }
14826
14827 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14828 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14829
14830 int
14831 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14832 {
14833 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14834 int ret;
14835
14836 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14837 xfree (bp_tgt);
14838
14839 return ret;
14840 }
14841
14842 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14843 stepping. */
14844
14845 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14846 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14847
14848 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14849
14850 void
14851 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14852 struct address_space *aspace,
14853 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14854 {
14855 void **bpt_p;
14856
14857 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14858 {
14859 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14860 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14861 }
14862 else
14863 {
14864 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14865 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14866 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14867 }
14868
14869 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14870 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14871 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14872 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14873 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14874 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14875
14876 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14877 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14878 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14879 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14880 }
14881
14882 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14883 were inserted or not. */
14884
14885 int
14886 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14887 {
14888 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14889 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14890 }
14891
14892 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14893
14894 void
14895 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14896 {
14897 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14898
14899 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14900 call. */
14901 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14902 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14903 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14904 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14905
14906 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14907 {
14908 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14909 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14910 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14911 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14912 }
14913 }
14914
14915 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14916 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14917 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14918 exec. */
14919
14920 void
14921 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14922 {
14923 int i;
14924
14925 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14926 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14927 {
14928 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14929 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14930 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14931 }
14932 }
14933
14934 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14935 removing them. */
14936
14937 static void
14938 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14939 {
14940 int i;
14941
14942 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14943 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14944 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14945 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14946 }
14947
14948 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14949 PC. */
14950
14951 static int
14952 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14953 CORE_ADDR pc)
14954 {
14955 int i;
14956
14957 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14958 {
14959 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14960 if (bp_tgt
14961 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14962 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14963 aspace, pc))
14964 return 1;
14965 }
14966
14967 return 0;
14968 }
14969
14970 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14971 non-zero otherwise. */
14972 static int
14973 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14974 {
14975 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14976 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14977 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14978 return 1;
14979 else
14980 return 0;
14981 }
14982
14983 int
14984 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14985 {
14986 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14987 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14988
14989 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14990 }
14991
14992 int
14993 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14994 {
14995 struct breakpoint *bp;
14996
14997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14998 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14999 {
15000 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15001
15002 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15003 {
15004 int i, iter;
15005 for (i = 0;
15006 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15007 i++)
15008 if (syscall_number == iter)
15009 return 1;
15010 }
15011 else
15012 return 1;
15013 }
15014
15015 return 0;
15016 }
15017
15018 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15019 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15020 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15021 char *text, char *word)
15022 {
15023 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15024 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15025 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15026
15027 xfree (list);
15028 return retlist;
15029 }
15030
15031 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15032
15033 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15034 static void
15035 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15036 {
15037 tracepoint_count = num;
15038 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15039 }
15040
15041 static void
15042 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15043 {
15044 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15045 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15046
15047 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15048 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15049 else
15050 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15051
15052 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15053 arg,
15054 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15055 0 /* tempflag */,
15056 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15057 0 /* Ignore count */,
15058 pending_break_support,
15059 ops,
15060 from_tty,
15061 1 /* enabled */,
15062 0 /* internal */, 0);
15063 }
15064
15065 static void
15066 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15067 {
15068 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15069 arg,
15070 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15071 0 /* tempflag */,
15072 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15073 0 /* Ignore count */,
15074 pending_break_support,
15075 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15076 from_tty,
15077 1 /* enabled */,
15078 0 /* internal */, 0);
15079 }
15080
15081 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15082
15083 static void
15084 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15085 {
15086 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15087
15088 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15089 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15090 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15091 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15092 else
15093 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15094
15095 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15096 arg,
15097 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15098 0 /* tempflag */,
15099 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15100 0 /* Ignore count */,
15101 pending_break_support,
15102 ops,
15103 from_tty,
15104 1 /* enabled */,
15105 0 /* internal */, 0);
15106 }
15107
15108 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15109 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15110
15111 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15112 static int next_cmd;
15113
15114 static char *
15115 read_uploaded_action (void)
15116 {
15117 char *rslt;
15118
15119 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15120
15121 next_cmd++;
15122
15123 return rslt;
15124 }
15125
15126 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15127 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15128 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15129 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15130 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15131
15132 struct tracepoint *
15133 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15134 {
15135 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15136 struct tracepoint *tp;
15137
15138 if (utp->at_string)
15139 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15140 else
15141 {
15142 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15143 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15144 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15145 user. */
15146 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15147 "source location, using raw address"),
15148 utp->number);
15149 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15150 addr_str = small_buf;
15151 }
15152
15153 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15154 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15155 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15156 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15157 utp->number);
15158
15159 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15160 addr_str,
15161 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15162 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15163 0 /* tempflag */,
15164 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15165 0 /* Ignore count */,
15166 pending_break_support,
15167 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15168 0 /* from_tty */,
15169 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15170 0 /* internal */,
15171 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15172 return NULL;
15173
15174 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15175 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15176 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15177
15178 if (utp->pass > 0)
15179 {
15180 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15181 tp->base.number);
15182
15183 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15184 }
15185
15186 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15187 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15188 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15189 function. */
15190 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15191 {
15192 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15193
15194 this_utp = utp;
15195 next_cmd = 0;
15196
15197 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15198
15199 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15200 }
15201 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15202 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15203 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15204 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15205 utp->number);
15206
15207 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15208 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15209 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15210
15211 return tp;
15212 }
15213
15214 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15215 omitted. */
15216
15217 static void
15218 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15219 {
15220 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15221 int num_printed;
15222
15223 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15224
15225 if (num_printed == 0)
15226 {
15227 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15228 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15229 else
15230 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15231 }
15232
15233 default_collect_info ();
15234 }
15235
15236 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15237 Not supported by all targets. */
15238 static void
15239 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15240 {
15241 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15242 }
15243
15244 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15245 Not supported by all targets. */
15246 static void
15247 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15248 {
15249 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15250 }
15251
15252 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15253 static void
15254 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15255 {
15256 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15257
15258 dont_repeat ();
15259
15260 if (arg == 0)
15261 {
15262 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15263
15264 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15265 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15266 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15267 argument. */
15268 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15269 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15270 {
15271 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15272 break;
15273 }
15274
15275 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15276 if (!from_tty
15277 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15278 {
15279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15280 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15281 delete_breakpoint (b);
15282 }
15283 }
15284 else
15285 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15286 }
15287
15288 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15289
15290 static void
15291 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15292 {
15293 tp->pass_count = count;
15294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15295 if (from_tty)
15296 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15297 tp->base.number, count);
15298 }
15299
15300 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15301
15302 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15303 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15304 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15305
15306 static void
15307 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15308 {
15309 struct tracepoint *t1;
15310 unsigned int count;
15311
15312 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15313 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15314 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15315
15316 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15317
15318 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15319 args++;
15320
15321 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15322 {
15323 struct breakpoint *b;
15324
15325 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15326 if (*args)
15327 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15328
15329 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15330 {
15331 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15332 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15333 }
15334 }
15335 else if (*args == '\0')
15336 {
15337 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15338 if (t1)
15339 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15340 }
15341 else
15342 {
15343 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15344
15345 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15346 while (!state.finished)
15347 {
15348 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15349 if (t1)
15350 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15351 }
15352 }
15353 }
15354
15355 struct tracepoint *
15356 get_tracepoint (int num)
15357 {
15358 struct breakpoint *t;
15359
15360 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15361 if (t->number == num)
15362 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15363
15364 return NULL;
15365 }
15366
15367 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15368 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15369 reconnecting). */
15370
15371 struct tracepoint *
15372 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15373 {
15374 struct breakpoint *b;
15375
15376 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15377 {
15378 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15379
15380 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15381 return t;
15382 }
15383
15384 return NULL;
15385 }
15386
15387 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15388 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15389 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15390 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15391 struct tracepoint *
15392 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15393 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15394 int optional_p)
15395 {
15396 struct breakpoint *t;
15397 int tpnum;
15398 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15399
15400 if (state)
15401 {
15402 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15403 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15404 }
15405 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15406 {
15407 if (optional_p)
15408 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15409 else
15410 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15411 }
15412 else
15413 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15414
15415 if (tpnum <= 0)
15416 {
15417 if (instring && *instring)
15418 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15419 instring);
15420 else
15421 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15422 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15423 return NULL;
15424 }
15425
15426 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15427 if (t->number == tpnum)
15428 {
15429 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15430 }
15431
15432 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15433 return NULL;
15434 }
15435
15436 void
15437 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15438 {
15439 if (b->thread != -1)
15440 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15441
15442 if (b->task != 0)
15443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15444
15445 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15446 }
15447
15448 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15449 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15450 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15451 non-zero. */
15452
15453 static void
15454 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15455 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15456 {
15457 struct breakpoint *tp;
15458 int any = 0;
15459 char *pathname;
15460 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15461 struct ui_file *fp;
15462 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15463
15464 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15465 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15466
15467 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15468 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15469 {
15470 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15471 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15472 continue;
15473
15474 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15475 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15476 continue;
15477
15478 any = 1;
15479
15480 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15481 {
15482 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15483
15484 /* We can stop searching. */
15485 break;
15486 }
15487 }
15488
15489 if (!any)
15490 {
15491 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15492 return;
15493 }
15494
15495 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15496 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15497 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15498 if (!fp)
15499 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15500 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15501 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15502
15503 if (extra_trace_bits)
15504 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15505
15506 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15507 {
15508 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15509 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15510 continue;
15511
15512 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15513 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15514 continue;
15515
15516 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15517
15518 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15519 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15520 instead. */
15521
15522 if (tp->cond_string)
15523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15524
15525 if (tp->ignore_count)
15526 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15527
15528 if (tp->commands)
15529 {
15530 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15531
15532 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15533
15534 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15535 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15536 {
15537 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15538 }
15539 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15540
15541 if (ex.reason < 0)
15542 throw_exception (ex);
15543
15544 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15545 }
15546
15547 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15549
15550 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15551 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15552 special, and not user visible. */
15553 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15554 {
15555 struct bp_location *loc;
15556 int n = 1;
15557
15558 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15559 if (!loc->enabled)
15560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15561 }
15562 }
15563
15564 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15566
15567 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15568 if (from_tty)
15569 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15570 }
15571
15572 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15573
15574 static void
15575 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15576 {
15577 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15578 }
15579
15580 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15581
15582 static void
15583 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15584 {
15585 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15586 }
15587
15588 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15589
15590 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15591 all_tracepoints (void)
15592 {
15593 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15594 struct breakpoint *tp;
15595
15596 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15597 {
15598 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15599 }
15600
15601 return tp_vec;
15602 }
15603
15604 \f
15605 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15606 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15607 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15608 command. */
15609 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15610 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15611 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15612 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15613 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15614 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15615 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15616 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15617 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15618 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15619 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15620 \n\
15621 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15622 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15623 \n\
15624 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15625 conditions are different.\n\
15626 \n\
15627 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15628
15629 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15630 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15631
15632 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15633 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15634
15635 void
15636 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15637 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15638 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15639 completer_ftype *completer,
15640 void *user_data_catch,
15641 void *user_data_tcatch)
15642 {
15643 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15644
15645 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15646 &catch_cmdlist);
15647 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15648 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15649 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15650
15651 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15652 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15653 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15654 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15655 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15656 }
15657
15658 static void
15659 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15660 {
15661 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15662 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15663
15664 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15665 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15666 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15667 }
15668
15669 static void
15670 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15671 {
15672 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15673 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15674 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15675 }
15676
15677 struct breakpoint *
15678 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15679 void *data)
15680 {
15681 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15682
15683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15684 {
15685 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15686 return b;
15687 }
15688
15689 return NULL;
15690 }
15691
15692 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15693 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15694
15695 static int
15696 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15697 {
15698 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15699 non-inline function. */
15700 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15701 return 1;
15702
15703 return 0;
15704 }
15705
15706 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15707 have been inlined. */
15708
15709 int
15710 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15711 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15712 {
15713 struct breakpoint *b;
15714 struct bp_location *bl;
15715
15716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15717 {
15718 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15719 continue;
15720
15721 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15722 {
15723 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15724 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15725 return 1;
15726 }
15727 }
15728
15729 return 0;
15730 }
15731
15732 void
15733 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15734 {
15735 static int initialized = 0;
15736
15737 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15738
15739 if (initialized)
15740 return;
15741 initialized = 1;
15742
15743 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15744 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15745 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15746 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15747 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15748 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15749 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15750 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15751 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15752 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15753 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15754 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15755
15756 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15757 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15758 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15759 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15760 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15761 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15762 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15763 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15764
15765 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15766 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15767 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15768 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15769 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15770 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15771 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15772 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15773 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15774 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15775
15776 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15777 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15778 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15779 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15780 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15781 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15782 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15783
15784 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15785 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15786 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15787 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15788 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15789 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15790 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15791
15792 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15793 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15794 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15795 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15796
15797 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15798 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15799 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15800 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15801 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15802 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15803 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15804
15805 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15806 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15807 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15808 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15809 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15810 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15811 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15812
15813 /* Watchpoints. */
15814 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15815 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15816 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15817 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15818 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15819 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15820 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15821 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15822 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15823 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15824 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15825 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15826 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15827
15828 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15829 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15830 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15831 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15832 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15833 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15834 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15835 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15836 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15837 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15838 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15839
15840 /* Tracepoints. */
15841 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15842 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15843 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15844 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15845 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15846 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15847 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15848 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15849 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15850 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15851
15852 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15853 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15854 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15855 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15856 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15857
15858 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15859 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15860 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15861 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15862 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15863 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15864
15865 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15866 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15867 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15868 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15869 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15870 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15871 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15872 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15873 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15874 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15875
15876 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15877 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15878 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15879 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15880 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15881 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15882 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15883 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15884 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15885 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15886
15887 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15888 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15889 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15890 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15891 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15892 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15893 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15894 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15895 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15896 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15897 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15898
15899 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15900 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15901 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15902 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15903 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15904 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15905 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15906 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15907 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15908 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15909 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15910
15911 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15912 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15913 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15914 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15915 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15916 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15917 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15918 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15919 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15920 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15921 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15922 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15923
15924 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15925 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15926 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15927 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15928 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15929 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15930 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15931 }
15932
15933 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15934
15935 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15936
15937 void
15938 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15939 {
15940 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15941
15942 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15943
15944 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15945 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15946 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15947
15948 breakpoint_objfile_key
15949 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15950
15951 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15952 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15953 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15954
15955 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15956 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15957 before a breakpoint is set. */
15958 breakpoint_count = 0;
15959
15960 tracepoint_count = 0;
15961
15962 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15963 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15964 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15965 if (xdb_commands)
15966 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15967
15968 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15969 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15970 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15971 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15972 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15973 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15974 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15975 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15976
15977 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15978 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15979 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15980 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15981 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15982
15983 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15984 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15985 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15986 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15987 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15988 \n"
15989 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15990 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15991
15992 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15993 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15994 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15995 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15996 \n"
15997 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15998 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15999
16000 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16001 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16002 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16003 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16004 \n"
16005 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16006 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16007
16008 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16009 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16010 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16011 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16012 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16013 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16014 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16015 if (xdb_commands)
16016 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16017 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16018 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16019 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16020 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16021 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16022
16023 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16024
16025 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16026 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16027 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16028 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16029 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16030 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16031
16032 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16033 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16034 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16035 &enablebreaklist);
16036
16037 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16038 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16039 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16040 &enablebreaklist);
16041
16042 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16043 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16044 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16045 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16046 &enablebreaklist);
16047
16048 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16049 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16050 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16051 &enablelist);
16052
16053 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16054 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16055 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16056 &enablelist);
16057
16058 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16059 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16060 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16061 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16062 &enablelist);
16063
16064 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16065 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16066 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16067 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16068 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16069 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16070 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16071 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16072 if (xdb_commands)
16073 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16074 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16075 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16076 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16077 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16078
16079 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16080 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16081 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16082 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16083 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16084 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16085 &disablelist);
16086
16087 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16088 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16089 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16090 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16091 \n\
16092 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16093 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16094 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16095 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16096 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16097 if (xdb_commands)
16098 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16099 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16100 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16101 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16102
16103 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16104 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16105 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16106 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16107 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16108 &deletelist);
16109
16110 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16111 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16112 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16113 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16114 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16115 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16116 \n\
16117 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16118 is executing in.\n\
16119 \n\
16120 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16121 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16122
16123 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16124 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16125 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16126 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16127
16128 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16129 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16130 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16131 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16132
16133 if (xdb_commands)
16134 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16135
16136 if (dbx_commands)
16137 {
16138 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16139 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16140 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16141 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16142 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16143 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16144 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16145 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16146 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16147 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16148 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16149 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16150 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16151 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16152 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16153 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16154 \n\
16155 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16156 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16157 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16158 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16159 breakpoint set."));
16160 }
16161
16162 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16163 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16164 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16165 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16166 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16167 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16168 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16169 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16170 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16171 \n\
16172 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16173 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16174 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16175 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16176 breakpoint set."));
16177
16178 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16179
16180 if (xdb_commands)
16181 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16182 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16183 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16184 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16185 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16186 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16187 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16188 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16189 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16190 \n\
16191 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16192 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16193 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16194 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16195 breakpoint set."));
16196
16197 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16198 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16199 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16200 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16201 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16202 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16203 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16204 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16205 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16206 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16207 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16208 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16209 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16210 \n\
16211 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16212 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16213 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16214 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16215 breakpoint set."),
16216 &maintenanceinfolist);
16217
16218 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16219 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16220 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16221 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16222
16223 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16224 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16225 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16226 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16227
16228 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16229 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16230 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16231 catch_catch_command,
16232 NULL,
16233 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16234 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16235 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16236 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16237 catch_throw_command,
16238 NULL,
16239 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16240 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16241 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16242 catch_fork_command_1,
16243 NULL,
16244 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16245 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16246 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16247 catch_fork_command_1,
16248 NULL,
16249 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16250 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16251 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16252 catch_exec_command_1,
16253 NULL,
16254 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16255 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16256 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16257 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16258 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16259 catch_load_command_1,
16260 NULL,
16261 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16262 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16263 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16264 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16265 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16266 catch_unload_command_1,
16267 NULL,
16268 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16269 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16270 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16271 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16272 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16273 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16274 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16275 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16276 catch_syscall_command_1,
16277 catch_syscall_completer,
16278 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16279 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16280
16281 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16282 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16283 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16284 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16285 an expression changes.\n\
16286 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16287 the memory to which it refers."));
16288 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16289
16290 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16291 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16292 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16293 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16294 an expression is read.\n\
16295 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16296 the memory to which it refers."));
16297 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16298
16299 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16300 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16301 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16302 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16303 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16304 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16305 the memory to which it refers."));
16306 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16307
16308 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16309 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16310
16311 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16312 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16313 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16314 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16315 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16316 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16317 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16318 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16319 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16320 hardware.)"),
16321 NULL,
16322 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16323 &setlist, &showlist);
16324
16325 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16326
16327 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16328
16329 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16330 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16331 \n"
16332 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16333 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16334 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16335
16336 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16337 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16338 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16339 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16340
16341 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16342 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16343 \n"
16344 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16345 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16346 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16347
16348 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16349 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16350 \n\
16351 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16352 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16353 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16354 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16355 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16356 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16357 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16358 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16359 the selected stack frame.\n\
16360 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16361 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16362 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16363 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16364 \n\
16365 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16366 \n\
16367 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16368 conditions are different.\n\
16369 \n\
16370 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16371 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16372 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16373
16374 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16375 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16376 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16377 last tracepoint set."));
16378
16379 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16380
16381 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16382 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16383 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16384 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16385 &deletelist);
16386 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16387
16388 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16389 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16390 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16391 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16392 &disablelist);
16393 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16394
16395 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16396 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16397 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16398 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16399 &enablelist);
16400 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16401
16402 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16403 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16404 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16405 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16406 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16407
16408 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16409 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16410 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16411 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16412
16413 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16414 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16415 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16416 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16417 session to restore them."),
16418 &save_cmdlist);
16419 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16420
16421 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16422 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16423 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16424 &save_cmdlist);
16425 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16426
16427 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16428 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16429
16430 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16431 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16432 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16433 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16434 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16435 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16436 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16437 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16438 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16439 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16440 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16441 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16442
16443 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16444 &pending_break_support, _("\
16445 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16446 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16447 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16448 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16449 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16450 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16451 NULL,
16452 show_pending_break_support,
16453 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16454 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16455
16456 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16457
16458 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16459 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16460 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16461 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16462 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16463 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16464 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16465 NULL,
16466 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16467 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16468 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16469
16470 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16471 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16472 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16473 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16474 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16475 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16476 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16477 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16478 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16479 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16480 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16481 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16482 NULL,
16483 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16484 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16485 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16486
16487 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16488 condition_evaluation_enums,
16489 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16490 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16491 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16492 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16493 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16494 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16495 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16496 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16497 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16498 be set to \"gdb\""),
16499 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16500 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16501 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16502 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16503
16504 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16505 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16506 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16507 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16508 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16509 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16510 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16511 or the start of the range\n\
16512 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16513 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16514 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16515 \n\
16516 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16517 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16518 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16519
16520 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16521 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16522 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16523 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16524 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16525 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16526 "));
16527 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16528
16529 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16530 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16531 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16532 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16533 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16534 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16535 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16536 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16537 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16538 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16539 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16540 &setlist, &showlist);
16541
16542 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16543 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16544 &dprintf_function, _("\
16545 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16546 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16547 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16548 &setlist, &showlist);
16549
16550 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16551 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16552 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16553 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16554 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16555 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16556 &setlist, &showlist);
16557
16558 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16559 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16560 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16561 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16562 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16563 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16564 NULL,
16565 NULL,
16566 &setlist, &showlist);
16567
16568 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16569 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16570 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16571
16572 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16573
16574 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16575 }